veeam one 9 0 reporter guide en

411
 Veeam ONE Reporter Version 9.0 User Guide May, 2016

Upload: vimal

Post on 05-Jul-2018

257 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 1/410

Veeam ONE ReporterVersion 9.0

User GuideMay, 2016

Page 2: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 2/410

2 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

© 2016 Veeam Software.

All rights reserved. All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system,or translated into any language in any form by any means, without written permission from VeeamSoftware (Veeam). The information contained in this document represents the current view of Veeamon the issue discussed as of the date of publication and is subject to change without notice. Veeamshall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Veeam makes nowarranties, express or implied, in this document. Veeam may have patents, patent applications,trademark, copyright, or other intellectual property rights covering the subject matter of thisdocument. All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective owners. Exceptas expressly provided in any written license agreement from Veeam, the furnishing of this documentdoes not give you any license to these patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property.

Important! Please read the End User Software License Agreement before using the accompanying softwareprogram(s). Using any part of the software indicates that you accept the terms of the End UserSoftware License Agreement.

Page 3: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 3/410

3 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

CONTENTSCONTENTS............................................................................................................................................ 3

CONTACTING VEEAM SOFTWARE....................................................................................................... 6

ABOUT THIS GUIDE.............................................................................................................................. 7

ABOUT VEEAM ONE REPORTER .......................................................................................................... 8

ACCESSING VEEAM ONE REPORTER ................................................................................................... 9

NAVIGATING VEEAM ONE REPORTER .............................................................................................. 10

CONFIGURING VEEAM ONE REPORTER ............................................................................................ 11 CONFIGURATIONSUMMARY ..............................................................................................................................................12 SERVERS...............................................................................................................................................................................13

Scheduling Data Collection ....................................................................................................................... 14 Running Data Collection ............................................................................................................................ 15

VIEWINGCOLLECTIONSESSIONDETAILS .........................................................................................................................16

EXTENSIONMODULES........................................................................................................................................................17 Managing Modules ....................................................................................................................................... 18 Customizing Report Branding .................................................................................................................. 20 Configuring SSRS Server Settings ........................................................................................................... 22 Exporting and Importing Report Templates ...................................................................................... 23

VIEWINGGENERALCONFIGURATIONDETAILS .................................................................................................................25

DASHBOARDS .................................................................................................................................... 26 ACCESSINGDASHBOARDS .................................................................................................................................................27 CREATINGDASHBOARDS ...................................................................................................................................................29 SETTINGDASHBOARDPREVIEWIMAGE ANDCOLOR.......................................................................................................42

SCHEDULINGDASHBOARDS ..............................................................................................................................................44 Managing Dashboard Schedules ............................................................................................................ 48 Viewing Scheduled Dashboard Delivery Results .............................................................................. 49

PUBLISHINGDASHBOARDS ................................................................................................................................................50 GENERATINGDIRECTDASHBOARDURL ..........................................................................................................................51 SHARINGDASHBOARDS .....................................................................................................................................................52 MODIFYINGDASHBOARDS ................................................................................................................................................53 DELETINGDASHBOARDS ...................................................................................................................................................54 MANAGINGWIDGETS ........................................................................................................................................................55

Changing Widget Properties .................................................................................................................... 55

Sharing Dashboard Widgets ..................................................................................................................... 55 Creating a Widget Report .......................................................................................................................... 56 Deleting Widgets ........................................................................................................................................... 57

REPORTS ............................................................................................................................................ 58 VIEWINGREPORTS ..............................................................................................................................................................59

Viewing Offline Reports .............................................................................................................................. 61 SAVINGREPORTS ................................................................................................................................................................62 MODIFYINGREPORTS .........................................................................................................................................................63 ORGANIZINGREPORTS .......................................................................................................................................................64

Creating Folders ............................................................................................................................................ 64

Page 4: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 4/410

4 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Renaming Folders ......................................................................................................................................... 65 Deleting Folders ............................................................................................................................................ 66 Moving Reports .............................................................................................................................................. 67

SCHEDULINGREPORTS .......................................................................................................................................................68 Scheduling Delivery for Multiple Reports ............................................................................................ 72 Managing Report Schedules ..................................................................................................................... 73 Excluding Reports from Scheduling ...................................................................................................... 74 Viewing Scheduled Report Delivery Results ....................................................................................... 74

COPYINGREPORTS .............................................................................................................................................................75 DELETINGREPORTS ............................................................................................................................................................76 PUBLISHINGREPORTS ........................................................................................................................................................77 GENERATINGDIRECTREPORTURL...................................................................................................................................78

DEPLOYMENT PROJECTS .................................................................................................................. 79 GETTINGS TARTED WITHDEPLOYMENTPROJECTS ..........................................................................................................81 CREATINGDEPLOYMENTPROJECTS ..................................................................................................................................82

Defining Project Scenarios ........................................................................................................................ 83

Modifying Scenario Parameters .............................................................................................................. 87 BUILDINGDEPLOYMENTPROJECTS ..................................................................................................................................88 VIEWINGDEPLOYMENTPROJECTREPORT ........................................................................................................................89 COMPLETINGDEPLOYMENTPROJECTS ............................................................................................................................91 MODIFYINGDEPLOYMENTPROJECTS ...............................................................................................................................92 DELETINGDEPLOYMENTPROJECTS ..................................................................................................................................93 ADJUSTINGPERFORMANCE THRESHOLDS ........................................................................................................................94 DEPLOYMENTPROJECTS TATES ........................................................................................................................................95

BUSINESS VIEW REPORTING ............................................................................................................. 96

PREDEFINED DASHBOARDS AND REPORTS ..................................................................................... 98 VEEAMONE DASHBOARDS ..............................................................................................................................................99

Veeam Backup & Replication Dashboard ............................................................................................ 99 Hyper-V Trends ............................................................................................................................................ 101 Hyper-V Alarms ............................................................................................................................................ 102 Hyper-V Hosts and Clusters ..................................................................................................................... 104 Hyper-V Datastores .................................................................................................................................... 106 Hyper-V VMs .................................................................................................................................................. 108 Hyper-V Infrastructure ............................................................................................................................... 110 VMware Trends ............................................................................................................................................ 112

VMware Alarms ............................................................................................................................................ 113 VMware Hosts and Clusters ..................................................................................................................... 115 VMware Datastores .................................................................................................................................... 117 VMware VMs .................................................................................................................................................. 119 VMware Infrastructure............................................................................................................................... 121 VMware Capacity Planning ..................................................................................................................... 123

VEEAMONE REPORTS .................................................................................................................................................... 125 VMware Infrastructure Assessment ..................................................................................................... 126 Veeam Cloud Connect Report Pack ..................................................................................................... 134 Veeam Backup & Replication Report Pack......................................................................................... 144

VMware Overview Report Pack.............................................................................................................. 227

Page 5: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 5/410

5 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Monitoring Report Pack .......................................................................................................... 250 VMware Optimization Report Pack ...................................................................................................... 272 VMware Capacity Planning Report Pack ............................................................................................ 289 VMware Configuration Tracking Report Pack .................................................................................. 303 Hyper-V Infrastructure Assessment ..................................................................................................... 310 Hyper-V Overview Report Pack .............................................................................................................. 318 Hyper-V Monitoring Report Pack .......................................................................................................... 332 Hyper-V Optimization Report Pack ...................................................................................................... 344 Hyper-V Capacity Planning Report Pack ............................................................................................ 355 Custom Report Pack ................................................................................................................................... 363 vCloud Director Report Pack................................................................................................................... 376 Offline Report Pack ..................................................................................................................................... 393

APPENDICES .................................................................................................................................... 397 APPENDIXA. SCHEDULINGSCRIPTEXAMPLES ............................................................................................................. 397

Example A. Copying a Report to Network Shares .......................................................................... 398

Example B. Sorting Reports by Name .................................................................................................. 401

APPENDIXB. CUSTOMCHARTS FORREPORT-BASEDWIDGETS .................................................................................. 404 Presentation of Data in Charts ............................................................................................................... 405 Aggregate Functions in Charts .............................................................................................................. 406 Exploded Pie Charts ................................................................................................................................... 407 VMware Clustered Column Charts ....................................................................................................... 408 Hyper-V Clustered Column Charts ....................................................................................................... 409 VMware Stacked Columns Chart ........................................................................................................... 410 Hyper-V Stacked Columns Chart ........................................................................................................... 411

Page 6: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 6/410

6 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

CONTACTING VEEAM SOFTWAREAt Veeam Software we value the feedback from our customers. It is important not only to help youquickly with your technical issues, but it is our mission to listen to your input, and build products thatincorporate your suggestions.

Customer SupportShould you have a technical concern, suggestion or question, please visit our Customer Center Portalat www.veeam.com/support.html to open a case, search our knowledge base, referencedocumentation, manage your license or obtain the latest product release.

Company ContactsFor the most up to date information about company contacts and offices location, please visitwww.veeam.com/contacts.html .

Online SupportIf you have any questions about Veeam ONE Reporter, you can use the following resources:

Full documentation set: www.veeam.com/backup-replication-resources.html

Community forum at forums.veeam.com

Page 7: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 7/410

7 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT This document describes how to access, configure and work with Veeam ONE Reporter. Thedocument also includes detailed description of predefined Veeam ONE dashboards and reports.

Intended Audience The guide is designed for anyone who plans to use the Veeam ONE solution. It is primarily aimed atadministrators managing VMware vSphere or Microsoft Hyper-V environments, but can also be helpfulfor other current and perspective Veeam ONE users.

Document Revision History

Revision # Date Change Summary

Revision 1 01/12/2016 Initial version of the document for Veeam ONE 9.0

Revision 2 02/02/2016 Updated section Predefined Dashboards and Reports ,fixed typos.

Revision 3 02/11/2016 Updated section Adding Widgets from VMware vSphereReport Packs .

Revision 4 28/03/2016 Updated report description in sections Cloud ConnectInventory , Backup Inventory .

Revision 5 04/05/2016

Updated sections Scheduling Data Collection , RunningData Collection , Viewing Data Collection Session Details , Accessing Veeam ONE Reporter .

Minor formatting changes.

Page 8: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 8/410

8 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

ABOUT VEEAM ONE REPORTERVeeam ONE Reporter — part of an integrated Veeam ONE solution — is designed for documentingand reporting on your Veeam Backup & Replication infrastructure and virtual environment. VeeamONE Reporter collects information from connected servers to provide visual reports and dashboardsfor documentation, analysis, decision-making, change tracking, capacity planning and optimization ofresource utilization.

The following chapters cover functionality available with Veeam ONE Reporter, provide guidelines forits initial configuration and describe reporting possibilities for your VMware vSphere, vCloud Directoror Microsoft Hyper-V environment and Veeam Backup & Replication infrastructure.

Page 9: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 9/410

9 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

ACCESSING VEEAM ONE REPORTER To access Veeam ONE Reporter:

1. Navigate to the Veeam ONE Reporter website using one of the following options:

Access Veeam ONE Reporter directly from the Veeam ONE Monitor console. To dothis, on the toolbar click Report and choose the necessary report in the list.

Access Veeam ONE Reporter locally, on the machine where the Veeam ONE Web UIcomponent is installed. To do this, in Microsoft Windows Programs menu chooseVeeam ONE Reporter.

Access Veeam ONE Reporter remotely using your web browser. To do this, browseto the URL of the Veeam ONE Reporter website. This website runs on the machinewhere the Veeam ONE Web UI component is installed. The URL must look similar tothe following one (assuming you use the default website port 1239 ):

http://webserver.domain.tld:1239

2. Type credentials of a user account that either:

Is a member of the Veeam ONE Administrators or Veeam ONE Read-Only Users group.For more information on user groups, see Veeam ONE Deployment Guide .

This prerequisite applies to VMware vSphere and Microsoft Hyper-V platforms.

Has permissions assigned on objects in the vCenter Server or vCloud Directorinventory hierarchy. For details, see Veeam ONE Multi-Tenant Monitoring andReporting .

This prerequisite applies to the VMware vSphere platform only.

3. If you log in for the first time, configure your browser settings:

Make sure that pop-up windows are allowed for the Veeam ONE Reporter website.

[For Internet Explorer] Add the Veeam ONE Reporter website to the list of ‘Trustedsites’.

Page 10: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 10/410

10 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

NAVIGATING VEEAM ONE REPORTER The Veeam ONE Reporter window includes three working areas — Dashboard , Workspace andConfiguration .

In the Dashboard section, you can work with prebuilt and custom dashboards. Veeam ONEdashboards provide at-a-glance view on the state of the Veeam Backup & Replicationinfrastructure and virtual environment, and present information on the health state,performance, configuration and other aspects of the managed environment.

For details, see Dashboards .

In the Workspace section, you can work with reports. Reports provide an insight intohistorical performance, health, configuration and efficiency aspects of the Veeam Backup &Replication infrastructure and virtual environment.

For details, see Reports .

In the Configuration section, you can change default Veeam ONE Reporter settings andperform administrative tasks, such as schedule data collection for reports and dashboards.

For details, see Configuration .

Page 11: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 11/410

11 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

CONFIGURING VEEAM ONE REPORTERVeeam ONE Reporter does not require complex configuration and is ready for use right after theinstallation. However, before you start using Veeam ONE Reporter, you might need to check andadjust its default configuration.

1. Review Veeam ONE Reporter configuration summary .

2. Schedule data collection for connected Veeam Backup & Replication and virtual infrastructureservers .

3. Check extension modules and Veeam ONE Reporter settings and update them if necessary .

To access configuration settings of Veeam ONE Reporter, use the Configuration tab.

Note: To be able to access the Configuration section, a user must be a member of the Veeam ONE Administrators group on a machine where the Veeam ONE Web UI component is installed. For detailson Veeam ONE security groups, refer to the Veeam ONE Deployment Guide .

Page 12: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 12/410

12 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Configuration SummaryBefore you configure Veeam ONE Reporter settings, review the configuration summary:

1. Open the Configuration section.

2. ClickSummary in the Configuration section menu.

The Configuration summary section gives you a quick overview of the current Veeam ONE Reporterconfiguration and helps reveal possible configuration problems. If Veeam ONE Reporter detects anyconfiguration issues, it will open the Configuration summary section every time you switch to theConfiguration view.

To view configuration summary details, expand the Server collection state , Server state and Licensestate sections.

The Server collection state section shows information about connected servers and resultsof the latest collection sessions. The figures on the right show the number of servers forwhich the latest data collection completed successfully or ended with warnings/errors.

To switch to the list of connected servers, click the View details link. If you do not have anyconnected servers yet, connect them in the Veeam ONE Monitor console. For details, seeVeeam ONE Monitor User Guide .

The Server state section shows the state of the scheduling service that is responsible for datacollection and scheduled report delivery. To view details on the server state and version, clickthe View details link.

The License state section displays information about the installed license.

For your convenience, Veeam ONE Reporter displays configuration status icons next to section titles.Status icons illustrate the configuration state of a corresponding component. For example, if yourlicense has expired and needs to be updated, an error icon will be shown in the License state section.Configuration summary icons allow you to quickly identify what configuration settings need to beadjusted or updated.

Page 13: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 13/410

13 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Servers To start working with dashboards and reports, you need to collect data from Veeam Backup &Replication servers and virtual infrastructure servers.

Server connections can be configured either during Veeam ONE installation or you can connectservers later, via the Veeam ONE Monitor console. In Veeam ONE Reporter, you can review configuredconnections, change data collection scheduling settings or run data collection manually.

To view server connections and configure data collection settings for Veeam ONE Reporter:

1. Open the Configuration section.

2. ClickServers in the Configuration section menu.

Page 14: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 14/410

14 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Scheduling Data CollectionBy default, data for Veeam ONE Reporter and Veeam ONE Business View is collected automatically,according to a predefined schedule. Data collection runs on weekdays at 3:00 a.m. This scheduleapplies to all Veeam Backup & Replication and virtual infrastructure servers that are managed byVeeam ONE.

You can change the default data collection schedule or disable the schedule:1. Open the Configuration section.

2. In the Configuration section menu, click Servers .

3. ClickScheduling on the toolbar.

If you plan to collect data from the server manually, clear the Collect dataautomatically check box.

If you plan to collect data according to a specific schedule, leave the Collect dataautomatically check box selected and set the necessary schedule.

To run data collection with specific time intervals, select the Periodically every…

hours option and specify the interval at which data collection must start. To run data collection every day at specific time, select the Daily at this time option and specify the time of the day when data collection must start. In theChoose days section, select weekdays on which data collection should run.

4. ClickOK.

Page 15: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 15/410

15 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Running Data CollectionYou can run data collection for Veeam ONE Reporter and Veeam ONE Business View manually. Thismay be required if you disabled the data collection schedule, or if you want to collect data betweenthe scheduled collection sessions.

Starting Data Collection To manually start a data collection session:

1. Open the Configuration section.

2. In the Configuration section menu, click Servers .

3. Click the Run now button on the toolbar.

Stopping Data Collection

You can stop a data collection session that was started either manually or by the schedule:

1. Open the Configuration section.2. In the Configuration section menu, click Servers .

3. Click the Stop button on the toolbar.

Page 16: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 16/410

16 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Viewing Data Collection Session DetailsEvery run of data collection initiates a new data collection session. Veeam ONE keeps record of tasksperformed during data collection sessions and stores this information, so that you can view sessiondetails.

To view data collection session details:

1. Open the Configuration section.

2. In the Configuration section menu, click Sessions .

3. In the list of sessions, choose the necessary Object properties collection task .

To easily find the necessary session, you can apply the following filters:

Job Type — limit the list of sessions by data collection type

Start Date/End Date — limit the list of sessions by the time when the session wasperformed

4. Click the necessary session in the list to view its details.

Every session is described with the following details: Session type

Session result

Session start and end date and time

Details on operations performed during the session

Data Administration Tasks

In addition to data collection, Veeam ONE periodically runs data administration tasks to delete datathat must no longer be kept in the database according to the retention policy. Data administrationtasks run every two weeks at 6:00 a.m.

Data administration task details are stored in the list of sessions. You can view details of data

administration tasks similarly to viewing data collection session details.

Page 17: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 17/410

17 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Extension ModulesIn the Extension Modules section, you can customize miscellaneous settings of the Veeam ONEReporter configuration. The settings are grouped into the following tabs:

Modules

On this tab, you can manage Veeam ONE extension modules. Report Branding

On this tab, you can replace the default report header with a custom image.

SSRS Server

On this tab, you can specify settings of the Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services server tobe used for integration with Veeam ONE Reporter.

Report Management

On this tab, you can export and import custom report templates.

To work with the extension module settings:

1. Open the Configuration section.

2. ClickExtension Modules in the Configuration section menu.

Page 18: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 18/410

18 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Managing ModulesExtension modules are add-on elements that can be deployed to enhance the Veeam ONE Reporterfunctionality. The following types of extension modules are available:

Widget pack — a set of widgets for custom dashboards

Report pack — a set of reports

Resource pack — an archive with common components used for reports and dashboards(such as images, report parameters and so on)

Hotfix — a possible hotfix for Veeam ONE

Extension modules are installed automatically in the process of Veeam ONE installation. On theModules tab, you can manage already installed extension modules and install new modules.

Installing New Modules

If the machine where Veeam ONE Reporter runs is connected to Internet, Veeam ONE will periodicallycheck for updates. When new report packs, widget packs or possible hotfixes are released, Veeam ONEReporter will display a message notifying about available updates and details on how to download thearchive with updates.

After you download the archive, you can install the new modules:

1. Open the Configuration section.

2. ClickExtension Modules in the Configuration section menu.3. Open the Modules tab.

4. Click Install on the toolbar and specify path to the archive with the updates.

Page 19: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 19/410

19 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Deleting Modules

If you no longer need an extension module, you can delete it. You can only delete custom extensionmodules (modules that have been provided by Veeam for support purposes). Inbuilt extensionmodules cannot be deleted.

To delete an extension module:

1. Open the Configuration tab.2. ClickExtension Modules in the Configuration section menu.

3. Open the Modules tab.

4. Choose the necessary module in the list and click Delete .

Page 20: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 20/410

20 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Customizing Report BrandingYou can replace the default report header with a custom image (for example, with an imagedisplaying your company logo) to customize appearance of reports according to your companybranding.

Note: The image file must be saved in the .PNG format and should have the following dimensions: 5000px x47px. The width of the image is dictated by the greatest width that can be observed in Veeam ONEreports. If a report is less than 5000px width, the right part of the image will be cropped to fit thereport width. For this reason, it is recommended to place the corporate logo or other graphics closerto the left part of the image.

To customize the report header:1. Open the Configuration section.

2. ClickExtension Modules in the Configuration section menu.

3. Open the Report Branding tab.

4. ClickBrowse and specify path to the custom report image file.

5. ClickUpload .

Page 21: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 21/410

21 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

To restore the default report header, use the Reset to default button in theUpload custom report image dialog box.

Page 22: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 22/410

22 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Configuring SSRS Server SettingsWhen you report on a large virtual infrastructure, you may experience slowdowns with generatingreports. In this case, you can integrate an SSRS server with Veeam ONE Reporter and use this SSRSserver as an alternative to the default Veeam ONE report viewer.

You can specify access settings to the Microsoft SQL Reporting Services server that will be used for

integration with Veeam ONE Reporter:1. Open the Configuration section.

2. ClickExtension Modules in the Configuration section menu.

3. Open the SSRS Settings tab.

4. Select the Use Microsoft SQL Server Reporting Services check box.

5. In the SSRS server URL field, enter the address of the SSRS hosting server.

The URL should be specified in the following format:http://servername:port/VirtualDirectory . To check if this URL is correct, launch theReporting Services Configuration Manager and check the Web Service URL section.

6. Enter a user name and a password to connect to the SSRS server.

The user name must be specified in the DOMAIN\USERNAME format.

7. To verify SSRS server settings, click the Test Connection button. Veeam ONE Reporter willdisplay verification results on a summary screen.

Note: If reports and folders are accidentally deleted, you can publish report packs back to Veeam ONEReporter. To republish report packs, use the Republish report packs button.

Page 23: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 23/410

23 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Exporting and Importing Report TemplatesYou can export saved user report templates to an .XML file and import report templates from an .XML file. Exporting and importing can be useful if you need to back up custom-designed report templates,or if you want to copy report templates from one Veeam ONE deployment to another.

To export saved user report templates to an .XML file:

1. Open the Configuration section.

2. ClickExtension Modules in the Configuration section menu.

3. Open the Report Management tab.

4. ClickExport .

5. In the Export reports window, select reports that you want to export.

6. ClickOK.

The selected report templates will be exported to an .XML file and saved to the download location onyour machine.

To import saved user report templates from an .XML file:

1. Open the Configuration section.

2. ClickExtension Modules in the Configuration section menu.

3. Open the Report Management tab.

4. Click Import .5. In the Import reports window, specify path to the .XML file that describes report templates

and choose a folder to which report templates must be imported.

6. ClickOK.

Page 24: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 24/410

24 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report templates from the .XML file will be installed to the specified folder.

Page 25: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 25/410

Page 26: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 26/410

26 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

DASHBOARDSVeeam ONE Reporter dashboards provide at-a-glance view on the managed Veeam Backup &Replication infrastructure and virtual environment. Every dashboard includes a set of visualcomponents called widgets . Widgets are visual modules that portray various aspects of the managed

environment in the form of charts, graphs or tables.Dashboards aggregate key data on a single screen and allow you to focus on critical areas of theVeeam Backup & Replication and virtual infrastructure, learn about its health state and the track mostimportant aspects.

You can view dashboards in the web browser, deliver dashboards by email or integrate dashboardsinto the intranet web portals, such as Microsoft SharePoint.

Veeam ONE Reporter allows you to create custom dashboards to meet your requirements. In customdashboards, you can select widgets from widget packs, choose a layout and specify parameters forselected widget.

Veeam ONE Reporter features a set of predefined dashboards. To learn more, see Predefined

Dashboards and Reports . This chapter explains in detail how to create, access and manage Veeam One Reporter dashboardsand widgets.

Page 27: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 27/410

27 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Accessing Dashboards To access dashboards in Veeam ONE Reporter, open the Dashboards tab.

The Dashboards section displays preview images for available dashboards (these are dashboards forwhich data has been collected from connected servers). You can re-arrange the order of dashboards

by dragging their preview images to the necessary position in the Dashboard section. To open a particular dashboard, do one of the following:

Click the dashboard preview image.

Open the menu at the top right corner of the dashboard and click View dashboard .

Page 28: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 28/410

28 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Dashboards are composed of widgets that display various aspects of the managed environment.Every widget is located in a separate cell, or entry, in the dashboard.

For some widgets, you can change display options. To do so, open the menu at the top right corner ofthe widget and select whether you want to display the legend below the chart or view data labels inthe chart.

To get back to the list of dashboards, click the Dashboards tab at the top of the page or click the Back button in the web browser.

Page 29: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 29/410

29 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Creating DashboardsIn addition to working with predefined dashboards, you can create custom dashboards and addcustom widgets to this dashboard. To create a custom-designed dashboard, perform the followingsteps:

1. Create a new dashboard and specify its settings .

At this step, you must create a new dashboard, specify its name and description and choosethe layout for dashboard widgets.

2. Add widgets to the dashboard .

At this step, you must add custom widgets to the new dashboard and specify widget settings.

Step 1. Specify Dashboard Settings and Select the Dashboard Layout

To create a new dashboard:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. In the top right-hand corner of the Dashboard section, click Add New Dashboard .

3. In the Add dashboard window, specify dashboard settings: In the Name field, specify the name that will be displayed at the top of the

dashboard.

In the Description field, specify a brief description for the dashboard.

In the Layout section, choose how widgets must be arranged on the dashboard.

Select how many columns you want to display and the preferred width of thesecolumns. Note that you can always change the existing layout later on using thedashboard Edit menu.

Page 30: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 30/410

30 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

4. ClickOK.

A new empty dashboard will be created and added onto the Dashboards view. Veeam ONE Reporterwill automatically open the created dashboard so that you can add dashboard widgets to it.

Page 31: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 31/410

31 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Step 2. Add Widgets to the Dashboard

After you create a new dashboard, you must add widgets to it. You can add the following types ofwidgets:

Ready-to-use widgets from widget packs

Report-based widgets from report packs (for VMware vSphere only)

Report-based widgets with custom charts and tables

Adding Widgets from Widget Packs

Veeam ONE Reporter comes with a set of widgets packs for Veeam Backup & Replication, VMwarevSphere and Microsoft Hyper-V. Widget packs include ready-to-use widgets that portray variousaspects of the managed environment. You can add widgets from widget packs to custom-designeddashboards.

To add to a dashboard a widget from a widget pack:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Edit dashboard .

3. Click the plus icon in one of the dashboard cells to launch the Add widget wizard.

Page 32: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 32/410

32 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

4. At the Widget pack step of the wizard, specify the widget name and choose the widget pack.

a. In the Caption field, specify the widget name.

The widget name will be displayed at the top of the widget on the dashboard. Youcan leave the field empty if you do not want to display the widget caption.

b. Choose the necessary widget pack.

On the right, you can see a sample presentation of widgets included into theselected widget pack, and a brief description of the pack. This will give you a hint ofwhat information will be analyzed and displayed in the widget. Double-click thenecessary pack or select a pack and click Next .

Page 33: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 33/410

33 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

5. At the Widget step of the wizard, choose the widget to add on the dashboard.

In the field on the right, you can see an image with a preview of the widget style. This willgive you a hint of how the widget will look on the dashboard. Double-click the necessarywidget or select the widget in the list and click Next .

Page 34: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 34/410

34 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

6. At the Options step of the wizard, define widget options, such as the scope, time interval,number of objects to display in the widget and so on.

Availability of widget options depends on the type of the selected widget.

7. ClickFinish to add the widget to the dashboard.

8. Repeat steps 3-7 for each new widget you want to add to the dashboard.

Page 35: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 35/410

35 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Adding Widgets from VMware vSphere Report Packs

A number of VMware vSphere reports in Veeam ONE Reporter have associated widgets that you canadd to custom dashboards. You can create widgets for the following VMware vSphere reports:

Cluster Configuration

Datastore Capacity

Hypervisor Version

Inefficient Datastore Usage

Infrastructure Changes by User

Infrastructure Changes by Object

Before you add a widget from a VMware vSphere report pack, you must choose an associated reportand save it with the necessary parameters:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary report and specify the required report parameters.

3. Save the report.For details, see Saving Reports .

Next, add to a dashboard a widget associated with the saved report:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Edit dashboard .

3. Click the plus icon in one of the dashboard cells to launch the Add widget wizard.

Page 36: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 36/410

36 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

4. At the Widget pack step of the wizard, specify the widget name and choose the widget pack.

a. In the Caption field, specify the widget name.

The widget name will be displayed at the top of the widget on the dashboard. Youcan leave the field empty if you do not want to display the widget caption.

b. Double-click Report based widgets or select the Report based widgets option

and click Next .

5. At the Widget step of the wizard, choose the saved report. Double-click the selected report orselect the report and click Next .

Page 37: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 37/410

37 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

6. At the Options step of the wizard, select the widget type and click Finish .

7. ClickFinish to add the widget to the dashboard.

8. Repeat steps 3-7 for each new widget you want to add to the dashboard.

Page 38: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 38/410

38 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Adding Widgets with Custom Charts and Tables

You can add widgets that are based on the Custom Infrastructure report. For this type of widgets, youcan choose to present virtual infrastructure data as an exploded pie, clustered column or stackedcolumn.

Before you add a widget to a dashboard, you must save the Custom Infrastructure report with thenecessary parameters:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Open the Custom Infrastructure report and specify the necessary report parameters: datacollection session, report scope, type of virtual infrastructure objects and object properties(columns) to be displayed in a widget. If required, define additional filtering and sortingsettings.

3. Save the report.

For details, see Saving Reports .

Next, add to a dashboard a widget associated with the saved report:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Edit dashboard.

3. Click the plus icon in one of the dashboard cells to launch the Add widget wizard.

Page 39: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 39/410

39 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

4. At the Widget pack step of the wizard, specify the widget name and choose the widget pack.

a. In the Caption field, specify the widget name.

The widget name will be displayed at the top of the widget on the dashboard. Youcan leave the field empty if you do not want to display the widget caption.

b. Double-click Report based widgets or select the Report based widgets option

and click Next .

5. At the Widget step of the wizard, choose the saved Custom Infrastructure report. Double-clickthe report or select the report and click Next.

Page 40: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 40/410

40 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

6. At the Options step of the wizard, select how you want to present report data in the widget.

To present data in a table, select Content table and click Finish . Veeam ONEReporter will add a widget with a table to the dashboard.

To present data in a chart, select Custom chart and click Next .

7. Select the type of a chart to display in the widget and click Next .

Page 41: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 41/410

41 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

8. Select series fields, category fields and data fields to define what type of data will bepresented in the chart and how this data will be grouped. You can only choose propertiesthat you have previously added as columns in the Custom Infrastructure report.

Series fields — select what type of data will be plotted in the chart. The series fieldis a set of related data that is distinguished by a unique color and presented in thechart legend.

Category fields — select a criterion that will be used to group series fields. Acategory field is usually presented as a group of series fields on the horizontal axis.

Data fields — select what type of values will be be aggregated into a single slice,bar or a column in the chart and select the aggregate function.

Every chart type requires a specific set of data — for example, exploded pies are two-dimension charts so you need to select only the series fields and data fields, while forclustered column charts, you need to select series fields, category fields and data fields. Basicprinciples of working with custom charts and simple examples are described in Appendix B.Custom Charts for Report-Based Widgets .

9. ClickFinish to add the widget to the dashboard.

10. Repeat steps 3-8 for each new widget you want to add to the dashboard .

Page 42: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 42/410

42 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Setting Dashboard Preview Image and ColorAfter you have added a new dashboard, you can select the preview image that will be used to depictthe dashboard in the Dashboards section.

To set a preview image for the dashboard:

1. Open the Dashboards section.2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Set image .

3. From the list of predefined images, choose an image that you want to use to depict thedashboard.

You can also select custom image preview image. To do so, click the empty image cell andselect to the necessary graphic file.

4. ClickOK.

Page 43: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 43/410

43 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

You can change the background color of the dashboard preview image:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Select color .

3. From the dashboard color palette, choose the necessary background color.

4. ClickOK.

Page 44: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 44/410

44 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Scheduling DashboardsYou can schedule automatic dashboard delivery. You can choose to receive dashboards by email, savedashboards to a folder on a hard drive or to a network share.

To schedule automatic dashboard delivery:

1. Open the Dashboards section.2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the dashboard and click Scheduling dashboard .

3. In the Scheduling Administration window, click Add .

4. In the Scheduling window, configure your scheduling options.

5. In the Scheduling Dashboard Administration window, click Add .

6. In the Scheduling window, configure the scheduling options:

a. ClickSchedule on and specify a schedule according to which the dashboard mustbe generated and delivered. For details, see Specifying Delivery Schedule .

b. ClickRecipient and choose the method used to deliver the dashboard. You canchoose to send the report by email or save the report to a folder on a hard drive, orto a network share. For details, see Specifying Delivery Method .

7. [Optional] To temporarily disable a schedule, select the Disable scheduling for selectedobject check box.

8. ClickApply to save the specified settings.

9. [Optional] You can configure multiple schedules for the same dashboard. Repeat steps 5-8 foreach new schedule you want to add.

10. ClickClose .

Page 45: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 45/410

45 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Specifying Delivery Schedule

To configure automatic dashboard delivery, you must specify the schedule according to which VeeamONE Reporter must generate and deliver the dashboard.

To configure the dashboard delivery schedule:

1. Choose the necessary dashboard and open the Scheduling window, as described in the

Scheduling Dashboards procedure.2. Click the link in the Schedule on section to define the schedule according to which the

dashboard must be generated.

To generate and deliver dashboards repeatedly, with a specific time interval, selectthe Periodically every… hour(s) option and define the necessary interval.

To generate and deliver dashboards at specific time, select the Daily at this time option, enter the time and weekdays on which the dashboards will be created.

To generate and deliver dashboards on a monthly basis, select the Monthly optionand choose the necessary months and dates or weekdays.

3. ClickOK to apply the scheduling settings.

Specifying Delivery Method

To configure automatic dashboard delivery, you must specify the method that Veeam ONE Reportermust use to deliver the dashboard. You can choose to receive ready dashboards by email, savedashboards to a folder on a hard drive or to a network share.

To configure delivery of dashboards by email:

1. Choose the necessary dashboard and open the Scheduling window, as described in theScheduling Dashboards procedure.

2. Click the link in the Recipient section.

3. Enter the recipient’s email address in the field To field.

If you want to send generated dashboards to multiple recipients, separate email addresseswith a semicolon.

4. In the Subject field, enter the email subject title.

Page 46: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 46/410

46 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

You can use the %DashboardName% variable in the subject line — Veeam ONE Reporter willsubstitute this variable with the name of a corresponding dashboard.

5. In the Select the dashboard delivery format section, select the format for the delivereddashboard. You can choose to send the dashboard as an attached .PNG image or send thedashboard in the email body.

6. ClickOK to apply the delivery settings.

Note: To be able to send dashboards by email, make sure you specified SMTP settings in Veeam ONEMonitor. For details, see Veeam ONE Monitor User Guide .

To configure automated dashboard delivery to a hard drive or a network share:

1. Choose the necessary dashboard and open the Scheduling window, as described in theScheduling Dashboards procedure.

2. Click the link in the Recipient section.

3. In the Select Recipient window, click the Advanced button.

4. In the Path field, enter the path to a local folder or provide a network path.

The address must lead to a folder that already exists. Veeam ONE Reporter will check if the

specified folder exists and whether the folder is accessible to the Veeam ONE Reporter Server.If Veeam ONE Reporter detects any problems accessing the folder, a warning will bedisplayed next to the Path field.

5. If you want to run a custom script after the dashboard is delivered to the target folder, specifya path to the file with the script in the File Name field.

Running a custom script allows you to perform further manipulations after the dashboard isgenerated. You can find simple script examples in Appendix A. Scheduling Script Examples .

Page 47: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 47/410

47 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

6. ClickOK to apply the delivery settings.

Note: Make sure that the account under which the Veeam ONE Reporter Server service runs hasappropriate write permissions for the destination folder.

Page 48: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 48/410

48 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Managing Dashboard SchedulesYou can create multiple schedules for a dashboard. Maintaining multiple schedules allows you to setup complex scheduling and delivery method settings for the same dashboard.

To manage dashboard schedules:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the dashboard and click Scheduling dashboard .

3. Use the buttons in the Scheduling Dashboard Administration window to manage theschedules that you have added for the dashboard:

To create a new dashboard schedule, click Add .

To edit scheduling settings, select a schedule in the list and click Edit .

To delete a schedule from the list, select the schedule in the list and click Delete . To temporarily disable a schedule, select the schedule in the list and click Disable .

To enable a previously disabled schedule, select the schedule in the list and clickEnable .

4. To finish working with the schedules, click Close .

Page 49: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 49/410

49 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Viewing Scheduled Dashboard Delivery ResultsEvery run of a dashboard scheduling job initiates a new delivery session.

To view details on dashboard scheduling sessions:

1. Open the Configuration section.

2. ClickSessions in the Configuration section menu.3. In the Job Type list, select Reporting and click Apply Filters .

4. Click the session in the list to display detailed information on it.

Page 50: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 50/410

50 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Publishing Dashboards To be able share a custom dashboard with other users, or integrate the dashboard to a web portal,you must publish this dashboard first. Veeam ONE users, including VMware users who havepermissions assigned on a limited scope of the virtual infrastructure, can access published customdashboards by direct dashboard URLs.

To publish a custom dashboard:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Publish .

3. ClickYes in the displayed dialog box to confirm publishing.

After you publish the dashboard, you can generate its direct URL to share it with other users orintegrate it in a web portal. For details, see Generating Direct Dashboard URL . You can also send thelink to the dashboard to other users by email. For details, see Sharing Dashboards .

To make a published custom dashboard inaccessible, you can unpublish it:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Unpublish .

3. ClickYes in the displayed dialog box to remove the dashboard from public access.

Note: You can publish and unpublish only custom-designed dashboards. Predefined dashboards areavailable for public access by default.

Page 51: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 51/410

51 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Generating Direct Dashboard URL To share a dashboard with other users, or integrate the dashboard to a web portal, you can generate adirect dashboard URL.

Note: Before you generate and share an URL for a custom dashboard, you must publish this dashboard

first. For details, see Publishing Dashboards .

To generate a direct dashboard URL:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Dashboard URL .

3. Copy the URL and use it to share with other users or integrate to web portals.

Page 52: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 52/410

52 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Sharing Dashboards To share a dashboard with other users, you can send a direct dashboard URL by email.

To set dashboard permissions:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Sharedashboard .

3. In the Dashboard Sharing window, select the user or a group of users with whom you wantto share the dashboard. By default, this list includes members of the Veeam ONE Administrators group.

4. To send a direct dashboard URL by email, click the envelope icon next to the user or group,specify user's email address and click Send .

Note: Veeam ONE service retrieves the list of users and user groups with which you can share dashboardsfrom the Active Directory. To be able to grant dashboard permissions to a user or user group in adomain, make sure that Veeam ONE service account is a member of a corresponding AD domain.

If you want to send the dashboard URL to multiple recipients, separate email addresses with asemicolon.

Page 53: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 53/410

53 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Modifying DashboardsYou can modify the name, description, layout and widgets for custom-designed dashboards.

Changing Dashboard Name, Description and Layout

To modify the name, description or layout of a custom dashboard:1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Edit layout .

3. In the Edit dashboard window, change the dashboard name, description and the layout ofdashboard widgets.

4. ClickOK to save changes.

Changing Dashboard Widgets

To modify widgets of a custom dashboard:

1. Open the Dashboards section.2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Edit dashboard .

3. Change properties of the dashboard widgets. For details, see Managing Widgets .

4. Change the arrangement of widgets by dragging them to the necessary dashboard cells.

Page 54: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 54/410

54 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Deleting DashboardsYou can delete custom-designed dashboards if you no longer need it:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the dashboard you want to delete and click Delete .

3. ClickYes in the displayed window to confirm deletion.

Page 55: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 55/410

55 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Managing WidgetsYou can edit settings of dashboard widgets, share widgets with other users and remove widgets fromdashboards.

Changing Widget PropertiesYou can change the way your widgets look on custom dashboards:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Edit dashboard .

3. On the dashboard, select the widget you want to modify.

4. Open the menu at the top right corner of the widget and click Edit Widget .

5. In the Add Widget wizard, change the widget settings.

For details on specifying widget settings, see Creating Dashboards .

Sharing Dashboard Widgets To share a widget with other users, or integrate the widget to a web portal, you can generate a directwidget URL.

To share a dashboard widget:

1. Open the Dashboards view.

2. Select the necessary dashboard and do one of the following:

Click the dashboard to open it.

Open the menu at the top right corner of the dashboard and click Edit dashboard .

3. On the dashboard, select the widget you want to share. Open the menu at the top rightcorner of the widget and click Get widget URL .

4. Copy the URL and use it to share with other users or integrate to web portals.

Page 56: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 56/410

56 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Creating a Widget ReportYou can create reports associated with dashboard widgets:

1. Open the Dashboards view.

2. Select the necessary dashboard and do one of the following:

Click the dashboard to open it. Open the menu at the top right corner of the dashboard and click Edit dashboard .

3. Open the necessary dashboard and select the widget for which you want to create a report.Open the menu at the top right corner of the widget and click View Full Report .

4. In the Drill Down Report window, specify report parameters.

5. ClickCreate report in the Actions pane.

Page 57: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 57/410

57 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Deleting Widgets To delete a widget from a custom dashboard:

1. Open the Dashboards section.

2. Open the menu at the top right corner of the necessary dashboard and click Edit dashboard .

3. On the dashboard, select the widget you want to delete. Open the menu at the top rightcorner of the widget and click Delete widget .

4. In the displayed window, click OK to confirm deletion.

Page 58: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 58/410

58 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

REPORTSOut of the box, Veeam ONE Reporter comes with a set of reports designed to help you track typicalperformance and health state issues. To access reports, open the Workspace tab of Veeam ONEReporter console. The left pane of the Workspace section contains a hierarchy of folders containing

reports. The mid part of the Workspace section displays the list of reports in the selected folder The reports collect data from connected servers and deliver structured information to help youexamine and analyze historical performance your Veeam Backup & Replication infrastructure andvirtual environment.

Veeam ONE Reporter allows you to create custom reports to cover your requirements. You can savereports with custom parameters, create folders to organize reports in groups if you need to schedulemultiple reports, change report description, and let other users work with your customized reports.

Veeam ONE Reporter features a set of predefined reports that are ready to use. To learn more, seePredefined Dashboards and Reports .

This chapter explains how to view, manage and organize reports.

Page 59: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 59/410

59 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Viewing Reports To create a report with Veeam ONE Reporter:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder in the hierarchy on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click the necessary report.

4. Specify the report parameters, such as the report scope, reporting period and so on.

5. Click the Preview button at the bottom of the report parameters. Alternatively, you can clickthe Preview link in the Actions pane on the right.

Veeam ONE Reporter will open the created report in a pop-up browser window.

Note: Make sure that pop-up windows are allowed from the Veeam ONE Reporter website. Otherwise,generated reports will be blocked.

Page 60: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 60/410

60 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Veeam ONE reports vary depending on the type and input parameters. They can be relatively short orspan to several pages. Report data can be presented as graphs, charts, tables or text entries.

The navigation menu at the top of each generated report allows you to manipulate the report asfollows:

Left/right arrow buttons — switch between the report pages.

Fast forward/fast backward buttons — go to the last/first page of the report.

Search box — search for specific text within the report.

Go to page field — enter the necessary page number and press Enter on your keyboard to goto a specific page of the report.

Back button — return to the parent report from a drill-down report.

Export menu (diskette icon) — save your report in one of the following file formats: Excel,Word or PDF.

If Veeam ONE Reporter is integrated with the Microsoft SQL Reporting Services server,additional report formats are available. You can later view your saved reports on anothercomputer or share them with your colleagues or stakeholders.

Refresh button — update the report contents with the latest collected data.

Print button — print out the report.

Page 61: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 61/410

61 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Viewing Offline ReportsIn addition to regular reports that open in a web browser and can be automatically delivered, VeeamONE offers a number of offline reports that can be generated and viewed later with the use ofproprietary Veeam Report Viewer software. This is convenient way to view key infrastructureinformation off-site in a disconnected mode, outside the current infrastructure or its networks.

Offline reports are grouped in the Offline reports folder. You can reach them like the other reports. The process of offline report compilation is similar to creating regular reports, but differs in a wayoffline reports are viewed.

To view offline reports, Veeam Report Viewer software is required. To download Veeam Report Viewer:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Choose a report in the Offline reports folder.

3. Click the Download Veeam Report Viewer link in the Actions pane.

4. After downloading the installer file, follow the steps of the installation wizard to install VeeamReport Viewer.

Tip: If you have previously used Veeam Report Viewer software, you must upgrade it to the latestavailable version.

To access and view offline reports:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary report in the Offline reports folder.

3. Specify the report parameters.

4. ClickPreview to generate a report file.

Veeam ONE Reporter will generate a file with the .VMR extension and save it to the download

location.5. Open the downloaded file with Veeam Report Viewer.

Veeam Report Viewer will process data contained in the .VMR report and prepare the output. Theoutput may contain data viewable in Microsoft Office suite applications: Excel and Visio. Please ensurethat you have appropriate software to open such files.

Page 62: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 62/410

62 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Saving ReportsYou can create reports with custom parameters and save them for future access:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder in the hierarchy on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click the necessary report.

4. Specify the report parameters, such as the report scope, reporting period and so on.

5. Click the Save as button at the bottom of the report parameters. Alternatively, you can clickthe Save as link in the Actions pane on the right.

6. In the Save Report window, specify the report name and description and select a folder towhich you want to place the report.

Note: You can only select the My reports folder or another folder that you have previously created. Youcannot save reports to predefined Veeam ONE Reporter folders. For details on working with folders,see Organizing Reports .

7. Select the Open the report in the specified folder check box if you want to open the reportafter saving.

8. ClickOK.

Page 63: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 63/410

63 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Modifying ReportsYou can modify the name, description and parameters for reports that you have previously saved toMy reports.

Renaming Reports

To modify the name of a saved report:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder under My reports on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click a saved report whose name you want to modify.

4. ClickRename in the Actions pane on the right.

5. In the Name field, specify a new report name.

6. ClickOK.

Modifying Report Description To modify the description of a saved report:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder under My reports on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click a saved report whose description you want to modify.

4. ClickEdit description in the Actions pane on the right.

5. In the Description field, specify a new report description.

6. ClickOK.

Changing Report Parameters

To change parameters of a saved report:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder under My reports on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click a saved report whose parameters you want to modify.

4. ClickEdit in the Actions pane on the right.

5. Change the report parameters as required.

6. Click the Save in the Actions pane on the right.

Important! After you edit a report, dashboard widgets based on this report may become invalid. If you havepreviously added widgets that are associated with the modified report, check the widgets and re-create them if necessary.

Page 64: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 64/410

64 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Organizing ReportsYou can organize your reports with the help of report folders. Similar to file system folders, VeeamONE Reporter folders are used to group reports in a convenient way.

In addition to simply grouping reports, folders allow you to perform operations over a group ofreports at once. For example, if you want to schedule an automatic report delivery for a number ofreports, you can place the necessary reports to the same folder and then specify a schedule for thewhole folder.

Custom folders can be added as child folders under My reports. Such folders are displayed in the leftpane of the Workspace view, along with the predefined folders.

Note: All operations described in this section can be applied to custom folders only. You cannot modify ordelete predefined Veeam ONE Reporter folders.

Creating Folders To create a new folder:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. In the hierarchy on the left, select the My reports folder. You can also choose any folder thatyou have previously created under the My reports node.

3. ClickNew folder at the top of the report list.

4. In the Create Folder window, enter the name of a new folder and click Create . The newfolder will be added to the My Reports hierarchy.

Page 65: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 65/410

65 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Renaming Folders To change a folder name, follow the next steps:

1. Open the Workspace view.

2. In the My reports hierarchy on the left, select the folder you want to rename.

3. ClickRename folder at the top of the report list.4. In the Rename Folder window, enter the name of a new folder and click Rename .

Page 66: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 66/410

66 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Deleting FoldersIf you no longer need a folder, you can delete it while still retaining its contents (reports andsubfolders):

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. In the My reports hierarchy on the left, select the folder you want to delete.

3. ClickDelete folder at the top of the report list.

4. If the folder you are trying to delete contains reports or subfolders, you may choose to movethe folder contents to another folder. To do so, select the Move existing reports to selectedfolder check box, choose the new destination folder from the list and click OK. If you leavethe check box cleared, the folder will be deleted along with its contents.

Page 67: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 67/410

67 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Moving ReportsYou can move saved reports from one folder to another folder in My Reports.

To move a saved report:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder under My reports on the left.3. In the displayed list of reports, click a saved report whose name you want to move.

4. ClickMove in the Actions pane on the right.

5. In the Put in folder list, choose the new target folder for the report.

6. ClickOK.

Page 68: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 68/410

68 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Scheduling ReportsYou can schedule automatic report delivery for one report or for a number of reports included in areport folder. You can choose to receive ready reports by email, save reports to a folder on a hard driveor to a network share. Note that you can only schedule delivery for saved reports (that is, reports in theMy Reports folder and its subfolders).

To schedule automatic report delivery:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder under My reports on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click a saved report for which you want to set scheduleddelivery.

4. ClickScheduling in the Actions pane on the right.

5. In the Scheduling Report Administration window, click Add .

6. In the Scheduling window, configure the scheduling options:

a. ClickSchedule on and specify a schedule according to which the report must begenerated and delivered. For details, see Specifying Delivery Schedule .

b. ClickRecipient and choose the method used to deliver the report. You can chooseto send the report by email or save the report to a folder on a hard drive, or to anetwork share. For details, see Specifying Delivery Method .

c. In the Format list, choose the format in which the report must be saved.

7. [Optional] To temporarily disable a schedule, select the Disable scheduling for selectedobject check box.

8. ClickApply to save the specified settings.

9. [Optional] You can configure multiple schedules for the same report. Repeat steps 5-8 foreach new schedule you want to add.

10. ClickClose .

Page 69: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 69/410

69 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Specifying Delivery Schedule

To configure automatic report delivery, you must specify the schedule according to which Veeam ONEReporter must generate and deliver the report.

To configure the report delivery schedule:

1. Choose the necessary report and open the Scheduling window, as described in the

Scheduling Reports procedure.2. Click the link in the Schedule on section to define the schedule according to which the report

must be generated.

To generate and deliver reports repeatedly, with a specific time interval, select thePeriodically every… hour(s) option and define the necessary interval.

To generate and deliver reports at specific time, select the Daily at this time option, enter the time and weekdays on which the reports will be created.

To generate and deliver reports on a monthly basis, select the Monthly option andchoose the necessary months and dates or weekdays.

3. ClickOK to apply the scheduling settings.

Page 70: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 70/410

70 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Specifying Delivery Method

To configure automatic report delivery, you must specify the method that Veeam ONE Reporter mustuse to deliver the report. You can choose to receive ready reports by email, save reports to a folder ona hard drive or to a network share.

To configure delivery of dashboards by email:

1. Choose the necessary report and open the Scheduling window, as described in theScheduling Reports procedure.

2. Click the link in the Recipient section to define how the report must be delivered.

3. In the To field, enter recipient’s email address.

If you want to send generated reports to multiple recipients, separate email addresses with asemicolon.

4. In the Subject field, enter the email subject title.

You can use the %ReportName% variable in the subject line — Veeam ONE Reporter willsubstitute this variable with the name of a corresponding report.

5. ClickOK to apply the delivery method settings.

Note: To be able to send reports by email, make sure you specified SMTP settings in Veeam ONE Monitor.For details, see Veeam ONE Monitor User Guide .

To configure automated delivery of reports to a hard drive or a network share:

1. Choose the necessary report and open the Scheduling window, as described in theScheduling Reports procedure.

2. Click the link in the Recipient section to define how the report must be delivered.

3. In the Select Recipient window, click the Advanced button.

4. In the Path field, specify the path to a local folder or provide a network path.

Page 71: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 71/410

71 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

The address must lead to a folder that already exists. Veeam ONE Reporter will check if thespecified folder exists and whether the folder is accessible by the Veeam ONE ReporterServer. If Veeam ONE Reporter detects any problems accessing the folder, a warning will bedisplayed next to the Path field.

Note: Make sure that the account under which the Veeam ONE Reporter Server service runs hasappropriate write permissions for the destination folder.

5. To run a custom script after reports are delivered to the target folder, specify a path to the filewith the script in the File Name field.

Running a custom script allows you to perform further manipulations after reports aregenerated. You can find simple script examples in Appendix D. Scheduling Script Examples .

6. ClickOK to apply the delivery method settings.

Page 72: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 72/410

72 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Scheduling Delivery for Multiple ReportsInstead of to scheduling automatic report delivery for separate reports, you can set the schedule for anumber of reports that are included into the same folder.

To create a schedule for reports located in the same folder:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. In the My reports hierarchy on the left, select a folder for which you want to set scheduleddelivery.

3. ClickSchedule folder at the top of the report list.

4. Configure the schedule and delivery method as described in section Scheduling Reports .

5. [Optional] To temporarily disable a schedule, select the Disable scheduling for selectedobject check box.

6. ClickApply to save the specified settings.

7. ClickClose .

Page 73: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 73/410

73 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Managing Report SchedulesYou can create multiple schedules for a report or a report folder. Maintaining multiple schedulesallows you to set up complex scheduling and delivery method settings for the same report or folder.

To manage report or folder schedules:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder under My reports on the left, or click a saved report in thedisplayed list of reports.

3. ClickScheduling in the Actions pane on the right.

4. Use the buttons in the Scheduling Report/Folder Administration window to manage theschedules that you have added for the report or folder:

To create a new schedule, click Add .

To edit scheduling settings, select a schedule in the list and click Edit .

To delete a schedule from the list, select the schedule in the list and click Delete .

To temporarily disable a schedule, select the schedule in the list and click Disable .

To enable a previously disabled schedule, select the schedule in the list and clickEnable .

5. To finish working with the schedules, click Close .

Page 74: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 74/410

74 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Excluding Reports from SchedulingIf you have specified scheduling settings at the folder level, you can exclude specific reports orsubfolders from scheduling. Veeam ONE Reporter will not generate and deliver reports excluded fromthe automatic delivery.

To exclude a report from scheduling:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder under My reports on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click a report that you want to exclude from scheduleddelivery.

4. ClickScheduling in the Actions pane on the right.

5. Select the Disable scheduling for selected object check box and save settings.

Reporter will not automatically generate and deliver excluded reports.

To exclude a subfolder which all child reports from scheduling:

1. Open the Workspace section.2. Select the necessary folder under My reports on the left.

3. ClickSchedule folder at the top of the report list.

4. Select the Disable scheduling for selected object check box and save settings.

Viewing Scheduled Report Delivery ResultsEvery run of a report scheduling job initiates a new scheduling session.

To view details on report scheduling sessions:

1. Open the Configuration section.

2. ClickSessions in the Configuration section menu.

3. In the Job Type list, select Reporting .

4. Click the session in the list to display detailed information on it.

Page 75: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 75/410

75 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Copying ReportsYou can create copies of reports that you have previously saved to My Reports.

Copying may save time if you need to create multiple instances of the same report. For example, youhave configured a report with complex parameters and need create a set of similar reports withslightly different parameters. In this situation, you can create several copies of the saved report andchange report parameters for each report copy.

To create a report copy:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder under My Reports on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click a saved report that you want to copy.

4. ClickCopy in the Actions pane on the right.

5. In the Copy Report section, specify the name of the report, its description and select a folderto which the report copy should be saved. You can only choose a folder in the My reports hierarchy.

6. Select the Open this report in the specified folder check box if you want to open the reportafter copying. Use this option if you need to customize the report parameters after copying.

7. ClickOK.

After you create a report copy, modify the report parameters as described in Modifying Reports .

Page 76: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 76/410

76 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Deleting ReportsIf you no longer need a report, you can delete it. You can only delete reports that you have previouslysaved to My Reports.

To delete a report:

1. Open the Workspace section.2. Select the necessary folder under My Reports on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click a saved report that you want to delete.

4. ClickDelete in the Actions pane on the right.

5. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes to confirm report deletion.

Note: After you delete a report, all dashboard widgets based on this report will become invalid.

Page 77: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 77/410

77 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Publishing Reports To be able share a saved report with other users, or integrate the report to a web portal, you mustpublish the report. Veeam ONE users, including VMware users who have permissions assigned on alimited scope of the virtual infrastructure, can access published reports by direct report URLs.

To publish a report:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder under My Reports on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click a saved report that you want to publish.

4. ClickPublish in the Actions pane on the right.

After you publish the report, generate its direct URL to share it with other users or integrate it in a webportal. For details, see Generating Direct Report URL .

To make a published report inaccessible, you can unpublish it:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the necessary folder under My Reports on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click a saved report that you want to publish.

4. ClickUnpublish in the Actions pane on the right.

Page 78: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 78/410

78 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Generating Direct Report URL To share a report with other users, or integrate the report to a web portal, you can generate a directreport URL.

Before you generate a direct report URL and share it with other users, check that:

You have saved the report to My Reports You have published the report

To generate a report URL:

1. Open the Workspace view.

2. Select the necessary folder under My Reports on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click a saved report for which you want to generate URL.

4. Click the Report URL command in the Actions pane on the right.

5. Copy the URL and use it to share with other users or integrate to web portals.

Page 79: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 79/410

79 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

DEPLOYMENT PROJECTSVeeam ONE Reporter deployment projects allow you to predict future resource utilization and planresource reservations in your virtual environment.

With deployment projects, you can run complex simulation tasks to predict the effects of:

Adding or evicting hosts in a cluster

Adding new VMs or decommissioning existing VMs

Deployment projects compare the projected resource capacities against the future resource demand,help identify potential resource shortages and provide practical recommendations that anadministrator should undertake to succeed with the actual deployment.

For example, you can simulate how many VMs similar to an existing SQL Server can be added in acluster without the risk of causing resource contention or degraded cluster performance. Deploymentprojects can be helpful in assessing various hardware replacement scenarios or forecasting theamount of compute and storage resources that need to be provisioned.

Deployment Projects and Scenarios

Each deployment project includes a specific simulation scenario. A simulation scenario describes whatamount of resources must be added to or evicted from the managed environment.

In simulation scenarios, you can:

Select an existing host or a VM and use it as a baseline model to calculate the effects ofadding or evicting resources

Explicitly specify host or VM configuration

Simulation scenarios can be targeted at a host or cluster, termed container — a recipient node thatwill undergo the capacity changes and whose future performance and resource utilization will be

assessed.

Condition for Acceptance

The deployment project is considered successful if future resource utilization and performancemetrics do not breach the designated thresholds that define the maximum tolerable resource load. The thresholds are preset and can be customized if necessary.

Tentatively successful projects (projects completed with warnings) will cause the metrics to breachthe thresholds but stay beyond 100 percent of resource utilization (for example, memory usageexceeding a 90 percent threshold but being less than 100 percent).

Calculation Background

Resource availability and performance modelling is based on comparing future demand for resourcesagainst the projected resource capacity. The following factors are used in the analysis:

Current compute capacities

Additional capacities introduced through adding new host(s) or evicting VM(s)

Withdrawn compute capacities through evicting host(s)

Extra capacities required to run new VM(s)

Page 80: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 80/410

80 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

The following algorithms are employed to forecast workloads:

When a new VM is added, it is assumed that the VM will use all its provisioned resources.

When an existing VM is selected as a baseline model, Veeam ONE will use the average valueof the VM resource consumption during the current week.

When calculating the amount of free space, Veeam ONE verifies that there is sufficient

storage capacity for all virtual disks of the VM.

Deployment Project Interdependencies

You can create several simulation scenarios that describe complex conditions, such as introducingnew/decommissioning existing hosts or VMs in the same container, at the same time. You can alsocreate deployment scenarios with overlapping due dates.

When you create a new deployment project or make changes in the existing deployment project,Veeam ONE checks is there any overlapping project. If there are changes that might affect theconcurrent project, Veeam ONE will prompt you to recalculate the overlapping projects.

Limitations

Deployment Projects are not supported in Veeam ONE deployments that use Microsoft SQL Server2005 to host the Veeam ONE database. I n such configurations, the All deployment projects menuwill not be accessible in the Workspace section of Veeam ONE Reporter.

Page 81: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 81/410

81 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Getting Started with Deployment ProjectsA typical workflow for creating a deployment project includes the following steps:

1. Create a new deployment project, specify its settings and add simulation scenarios .

2. Check the effective thresholds and modify their values if necessary .

3. Build the deployment project to run a simulation .

4. Create a report to examine results .

5. Complete the project after the actual resources have been added or evicted .

Page 82: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 82/410

82 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Creating Deployment Projects To create a new deployment project:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the All deployment projects menu.

3. Click the Add button.

4. In the Name field, enter a name of the project.

5. In the Creator field, specify the name of a project creator.

By default, this field is populated with the name of the user who is currently logged in toVeeam ONE Reporter.

6. Click the Container link and select a standalone host to which you want to add hosts or VMs,or from which you want to remove hosts or VMs.

7. [Optional] Click the Datastore link and select one or more datastores to which VMs will beplaced. Select datastores if you need to calculate storage resource requirements for new VMs.

The datastore selection scope includes all datastores accessible by the selected container.

8. ClickEdit next to the Scenario field and add one or more simulation scenarios.

For details, see Defining Project Scenarios .

9. In the Deployment Date field, specify the date when the deployment project must becompleted.

10. ClickOK.

Page 83: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 83/410

Page 84: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 84/410

84 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

9. In the Edit scenario window, select the scenario entry, click the Count field and specify thenumber of VMs to be added.

10. ClickOK.

Evicting VMs To simulate a situation of evicting a VM from a host or cluster:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the All deployment projects menu.

3. Open the necessary deployment project.

4. Click the Edit button next to the Scenario field.

5. In the Edit Scenario window, click Evict to launch the Add or remove item wizard.

6. At the Item step of the wizard, select Virtual Machine .

7. At the Configuration step of the wizard, click the link next to the Existing VM option andchoose a VM from the list.

The VM selection scope includes all VMs in the selected container.

8. ClickFinish to complete the wizard.

9. In the Edit scenario window, click OK.

Page 85: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 85/410

85 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Adding Hosts

To simulate a situation of adding new hosts to a cluster:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the All deployment projects menu.

3. Open the necessary deployment project.4. Click the Edit button next to the Scenario field.

5. In the Edit Scenario window, click Add to launch the Add or remove item wizard.

6. At the Item step of the wizard, select Host .

7. At the Configuration step of the wizard, describe host configuration:

To explicitly specify configuration values, select the Host Configuration optionand type the host name, the number of CPU cores and CPU clock speed and theamount of memory resources.

To choose an existing host that will be used as a template in the scenario, select the

Existing Host option and choose a host from the list. The host selection scope includes all hosts in the selected cluster.

8. ClickFinish to complete the wizard.

9. In the Edit scenario window, select the scenario entry, click the Count field and specify thenumber of hosts to be added.

10. ClickOK.

Page 86: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 86/410

86 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Evicting Hosts

To simulate a situation of evicting a host from a cluster:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the All deployment projects menu.

3. Open the necessary deployment project.4. Click the Edit button next to the Scenario field.

5. In the Edit Scenario window, click Evict to launch the Add or remove item wizard.

6. At the Item step of the wizard, select Host .

7. At the Configuration step of the wizard, click the link next to the Existing Host option andchoose a host from the list.

The host selection scope includes all hosts in the selected container.

8. ClickFinish to complete the wizard.

9. In the Edit scenario window , click OK.

Page 87: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 87/410

87 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Modifying Scenario ParametersYou can change parameters of a deployment scenario:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the All deployment projects menu.

3. Select the necessary deployment project in the list and click Edit .4. Click the Edit button next to the Scenario field.

5. In the Edit Scenario window, you can perform the following modifications:

ClickAdd to add a new host or VM to the selected container.

ClickEvict to evict an existing host or VM from the selected container.

ClickView to view configuration details for the selected scenario entry.

ClickRemove from scenario to remove the selected scenario entry.

Click Clear all to remove all entries from the scenario.

In the Count field, change the number of host or VMs to add to the selectedcontainer.

6. ClickOK.

Page 88: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 88/410

88 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Building Deployment ProjectsAfter you create a deployment project, you need to build it to run the scenario modeling and makesure that your capacities meet the deployment conditions.

You must also re-built (recalculate) a deployment project when its settings change, or when theproject is affected by changes in concurrent projects.

To run a simulation:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the All deployment projects menu.

3. Select the necessary deployment project in the list and click Build .

Veeam ONE will build the project and display the project result in the State field. For explanation ofdeployment project states, see Deployment Project States .

Page 89: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 89/410

89 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Viewing Deployment Project ReportAfter you have built a project, you can view a report detailing the outcome of the simulateddeployment:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the All deployment projects menu.3. Select the necessary deployment project in the list and click View report .

The report is designed to assist an administrator in implementing the deployment. The report details aprojected resource usage, identifies a list of constraints and provides mitigation guidance.

The first report page outlines the projected changes and gives a summary of the constrainingresources.

Page 90: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 90/410

90 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

The subsequent pages show anticipated CPU, memory and storage usage levels and providerecommendations on capacity planning measures for maintaining robust and consistent performancein future.

Page 91: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 91/410

91 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Completing Deployment ProjectsAfter you have run a simulation based on a deployment project, you can flag the project asCompleted.

By completing a deployment project, you instruct Veeam ONE to assume that all resources tied up tothe project can be released and made available for calculation of the concurrent projects.

To complete a deployment project:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the All deployment projects menu.

3. Select the necessary deployment project in the list and click Complete .

4. ClickYes in the displayed dialog box to confirm project completion.

After you complete a project, its state will be changed to Completed , and the project deployment datewill be set to the current date.

Page 92: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 92/410

92 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Modifying Deployment ProjectsYou can modify settings of a deployment project that you have not completed yet. For example, youmay need to update deployment project settings if the project was built with the Failed sate.

To modify deployment project settings:

1. Open the Workspace section.2. Select the All deployment projects menu.

3. Select the necessary deployment project in the list and click Edit .

4. Change the deployment project settings as described in Creating Deployment Projects .

5. Save changes.

After you change project settings, you need to build the project anew. You might also need to rebuildoverlapping or dependent projects. For example, if you change the project due date to an earlier date,Veeam ONE will offer you to rebuild all projects whose dates overlap with the changed project.

Page 93: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 93/410

93 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Deleting Deployment ProjectsIf you no longer need a deployment project, you can delete it:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the All deployment projects menu.

3. Select the necessary deployment project in the list and click Delete .

4. ClickYes in the displayed dialog box to confirm project deletion.

After you delete a deployment project, you might need to rebuild overlapping or dependent projects.

Page 94: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 94/410

94 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Adjusting Performance ThresholdsBefore you run a scenario simulation, you might need to examine the effective performancethresholds and change them if necessary. The thresholds describe the maximum allowable resourceutilization level that must not be exceeded after the deployment project changes come into effect.

The default performance thresholds are designed to ensure conservative resource utilization and aretherefore appropriate for the majority of typical capacity planning projects.

To view and change performance thresholds:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the All deployment projects menu.

3. ClickThresholds .

4. Change threshold values if required:

CPU max load — maximum allowable processor utilization level on a physical host.

vCPU per core — maximum allowable CPU allocation ratio (the ratio of vCPU to

pCPU). It is calculated as the total number of allocated virtual cores divided by thenumber of physical cores in the target container.

Memory max load — maximum allowable memory utilization level on the physicalhost.

Storage max load — maximum allowable amount of used space on the targetdatastores.

5. ClickOK.

Page 95: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 95/410

95 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Deployment Project StatesVeeam ONE Deployment projects may have one of the following states.

Needs to be calculated

The state indicates that project calculation is pending. Remediation action is to build the project. Fordetails, see Building Deployment Projects .

Needs to be recalculated

The state is assigned if the project settings have changed, or changes in a concurrent project affectthe project. Remediation action is to build the project. For details, see Building Deployment Projects .

Failed

The state indicates that the project simulation has completed but the deployment cannot beexecuted successfully due to anticipated resource constraints.

The deployment simulation analysis has concluded that it is impossible to place the desired numberof hosts and/or VMs without causing the future resource utilization to exceed 100 percent on any ofthe performance metrics.

Remediation action is to change view the project report and change the project settings inaccordance with the report recommendations. For details, see Viewing Deployment Project Report and Modifying Deployment Projects .

Passed with Warnings

This state indicates that the deployment is feasible but will cause the resource utilization to breach thethreshold values. However, the threshold values will not reach 100 percent.

Remediation action is to change view the project report and change the project settings inaccordance with the report recommendations. For details, see Viewing Deployment Project Report and Modifying Deployment Projects .

Passed

The state means that the project has completed successfully and its requirements are fully met. Thereare enough resources to accomplish the planned deployment and maintain an acceptable level ofresource utilization.

Page 96: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 96/410

96 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

BUSINESS VIEW REPORTINGVeeam ONE Reporter integrates with Veeam ONE Business View and allows you to create reports anddashboards for business view groups. For example, if you group VMs by department, you can createreports for a specific department in your organization.

After you categorize virtual infrastructure objects in Veeam ONE Business View, you must run datacollection in Veeam ONE Reporter. Once data is collected, you will be able to select business viewgroups as the scope of reports and dashboards.

The following example shows how you can create the Protected VMs report for specific business viewgroups:

1. Open the Workspace section.

2. Select the Veeam Backup & Replication folder in the hierarchy on the left.

3. In the displayed list of reports, click the Protected VMs report.

4. From the Business view objects list, select business groups for which you want to create a

report.5. Specify other report parameters and click Preview .

Page 97: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 97/410

97 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Veeam ONE Reporter will present data from the business point of view — that is, for the selectedbusiness groups.

Page 98: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 98/410

98 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

PREDEFINED DASHBOARDS AND REPORTSOut of the box, Veeam ONE Reporter features a set of preconfigured dashboards and reports forVeeam Backup & Replication infrastructure, VMware vSphere and Microsoft Hyper-V environments.

Page 99: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 99/410

99 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Veeam ONE DashboardsVeeam ONE Reporter features a set of predefined dashboards for VMware vSphere and MicrosoftHyper-V and Veeam Backup & Replication.

Veeam Backup & Replication Dashboard The Veeam Backup & Replication dashboard provides information on the state of the key backupinfrastructure components. The built-in widgets display a list of important events and help focus onthe core efficiency indicators.

Widgets Included

Backup Infrastructure Inventory

This widget describes your backup infrastructure inventory and shows how many backupcomponents of each type are deployed. The widget reflects the health state of backupinfrastructure and displays healthy objects (green), objects with warnings (yellow), objectswith errors (red).

The widget also provides details on scheduled backup, backup copy and replication jobs, andthe state of the latest job sessions.

Backup Window

This widget shows the total duration of daily backup and replication job sessions. It allowsyou to track the efficiency of backup jobs, to detect issues occurred in the backup process

and to check whether jobs completed within the prescribed backup window.

Page 100: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 100/410

100 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Job Status

This widget provides information on the completion state of scheduled backup andreplication jobs. It displays a daily summary of successfully completed jobs, and shows thenumber of jobs that completed with warnings and errors during the past week.

The widget helps you assess the efficiency of your data protection operations.

Protected VMs Overview This widget displays information on VMs protected with backup and replication jobs,specifically:

o Protected VMs — the total number of VMs protected with backups or replicas

o Backed Up VMs — the total number of VMs for which backups are available

o Replicated VMs — the total number of VMs for which replicas are available

o Restore points — the total number of available restore points for protected VMs

o Full backups — the amount of storage space consumed by full backups

o Increments — the amount of storage space consumed by incremental backups

o Source VMs Size — the total size of storage space consumed by source VMs onproduction storage

o Successful VMs Backup ratio — the percentage of backup and replication sessionsthat completed successfully during the past week against the total number ofsessions.

Top Jobs by Duration

This widget displays top 10 jobs in terms of the longest duration, job completion status andthe value of the average weekly duration. The widget helps you assess the backupinfrastructure health and efficiency.

Arrows on the right show whether job duration has changed over the previous week*.

Top Repositories by Used Space

This widget displays 10 repositories that will run out of free space sooner than otherrepositories, as well as total capacity and free space left on these repositories. The widget alsoforecasts how many days remain before the repositories will run out of free space.

Arrows on the right show whether the repository free space value has changed over theprevious week*.

*The arrows allow you to compare the results of this week to the results of the previous week and to track how thetrend has evolved. For example, a blue arrow pointing right next to the Duration value means that duration of the jobhas not changed over the past week, a green arrow pointing down means that job duration has decreased, while ared arrow pointing up means that job duration has increased.

Page 101: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 101/410

101 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Trends The Hyper-V Trends dashboard helps you track resource utilization in your Hyper-V infrastructure bydisplaying growth trends for the previous week.

Widgets Included

CPU Usage by Cluster

This widget shows how CPU utilization in a cluster has been changing during the week.

Available Memory by Cluster

This widget shows how memory utilization in a cluster has been changing during the week.

Storage Usage by Cluster

This widget shows how storage utilization in a cluster has been changing during the week.

VMs Growth

This widget shows how the number of VMs in your virtual infrastructure has been changingduring the week.

VM Uptime by Cluster

This widget shows how the average uptime value for VMs in a cluster has been changingduring the week.

Page 102: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 102/410

102 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Alarms The Hyper-V Alarms dashboard provides an overview of alarms triggered by Veeam ONE Monitorduring the past week. The dashboard allows you to identify the most typical issues that occur in yourenvironment and to simplify troubleshooting.

Widgets Included

Object State Overview

This widget shows the number of healthy objects, objects with warnings and objects witherrors for each infrastructure component type.

Total Issues by Day This widget displays the daily number of warnings and errors that were triggered during theweek.

Top Issues

This widget provides a list of 10 most typical alarms in your environment and shows thenumber of times each alarm was triggered.

Values in parentheses show how the alarm repeat count has changed over the previousweek*.

Top VMs

This widget provides a list of VMs with the highest number of registered errors and warnings.

Page 103: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 103/410

103 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Values in parentheses show how the number of alarms has changed over the previous week*.

Top Clusters and Hosts

This widget provides a list of virtual infrastructure objects (clusters and hosts) with thehighest number of registered errors and warnings.

Values in parentheses show how the number of alarms has changed over the previous week*.

Top Datastores

This widget provides a list of volumes with the highest number of registered errors andwarnings.

Values in parentheses show how the number of alarms has changed over the previous week*.

*The value in parentheses stands for the amount by which the number of alarms has changed compared to the valueof the previous week. For example, the 11 (+5) value means that the number of alarms has increased by 5 over thepast week (while the previous value equaled 6), and the 11(-7) value means that the number of alarms has decreasedby 7 (while the previous value equaled 18).

Page 104: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 104/410

104 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Hosts and Clusters The Hyper-V Hosts and Clusters dashboard helps you evaluate host and cluster performance in yourHyper-V infrastructure. The dashboard displays statistics on CPU, memory, disk and networkutilization, and helps you identify hosts and clusters with performance issues.

Widgets Included

Memory Pressure by Cluster

This widget shows how the average memory pressure for all VMs on all hosts in the clusterhas been changing during the week.

Network Usage by Cluster

This widget shows how the average rate at which bytes are transferred to and from thecluster disk during I/O operations has been changing during the week.

Datastore KB per Sec by Cluster

This widget shows how the average rate at which data is read from and written to the clusterdisk has been changing during the week.

Top Hosts CPU

This widget displays weekly CPU utilization data for the top 10 most loaded hosts in yourinfrastructure.

Arrows on the right show whether the average CPU usage value has changed over theprevious week*.

Page 105: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 105/410

Page 106: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 106/410

106 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Datastores The Hyper-V Datastores dashboard provides at a glance view on resource usage and performance ofdisks and Cluster Shared Volumes in the Hyper-V environment. The dashboard helps you assess diskcapacities and prevent potential performance bottlenecks.

Widgets Included

Top Datastore Utilization

This widget displays a list of disks that will run out of free space sooner than other disks.

Values in parentheses show free space values for the previous week.

Top CSVs Direct IOPS

This widget displays a list of Cluster Shared Volumes with the highest number of I/O

operations performed in the direct access mode.Arrows on the right show whether the number of IOPS has changed over the previous week*.

Top CSVs Redirected IOPS

This widget displays a list of Cluster Shared Volumes with the highest number of I/Ooperations performed in the redirected access mode.

Arrows on the right show whether the number of IOPS has changed over the previous week*.

Top CSVs Direct KB per Sec

This widget displays a list of Cluster Shared Volumes with the highest rate at which byteswere transferred to/from the CSV during write/read operations in the direct access mode.

Page 107: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 107/410

107 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Arrows on the right show whether the Direct Bytes/sec metric value has changed over theprevious week*.

Top N CSVs Redirected KB per Sec

This widget displays a list of Cluster Shared Volumes with the highest rate at which byteswere transferred to/from the CSV during write/read operations in the redirected access mode.

Arrows on the right show whether the Redirected Bytes/sec metric value has changed over theprevious week*.

*The arrow allows you to compare the results of the current week to the results of the previous week, and to trackhow the trend has evolved. For example, a blue arrow pointing right next to the IOPS value means that the averagenumber of IOPS has not changed over the past week, a green arrow pointing down means that the average numberof IOPS has decreased, while a red arrow pointing up means that the average number of IOPS has increased.

Page 108: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 108/410

108 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V VMs The Hyper-V VMs dashboard provides information about health and performance of VMs in theHyper-V infrastructure, and shows general VM statistics on CPU, memory and network usage for thepast week.

Widgets Included

Top VMs CPU

This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average level of CPU utilization.

Arrows on the right show whether the CPU usage value has changed over the previousweek*.

Top VMs Memory

This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average level of memory utilization. Thememory utilization value is calculated as a percentage of total memory allocated for the VM.

Arrows on the right show whether the memory utilization value has changed over theprevious week*.

Top VMs Network Input Output Rate

This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average network throughput values.

Arrows on the right show whether the throughput value has changed over the previousweek*.

Page 109: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 109/410

109 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Top VMs Read KB per Sec

This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average Read Latency metric values.

Arrows on the right show whether the average read latency value has changed over theprevious week*.

Top VMs Write KB per Sec

This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average Write Latency metric values.

Arrows on the right show whether the average write latency value has changed over theprevious week*.

Top VMs by IOPs

This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average number of IOPS.

Arrows on the right show whether the number of IOPS has changed over the previous week*.

*The arrows allow you to compare the results of this week to the results of the previous week, and to track how thetrend has evolved. For example, a blue arrow pointing right next to the CPU Usage value means that CPU utilizationhas not changed over the past week, a green arrow pointing down means that CPU utilization has decreased, while ared arrow pointing up means that CPU utilization has increased.

Page 110: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 110/410

110 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Infrastructure The Hyper-V Infrastructure dashboard provides at a glance view of configuration of the Hyper-Vinfrastructure and to help you assess the overall performance and resource usage efficiency.

Widgets Included

Virtual Environment

This widget shows the total number of SCVMM servers, clusters, Hyper-V hosts and VMs inyour environment, as well as the number of currently running VMs.

CPU and Memory Resources

This widget assesses physical compute resources deployed across Hyper-V hosts and showsthe amount of available resources allocated to VMs.

Datastores Capacity

This widget provides information on the number of volumes in your environment, their totalcapacity, the amount of provisioned and free space left on the volumes.

Page 111: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 111/410

111 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Consolidation Ratio

The widget tracks the amount of virtual hardware placed on physical hardware:

o The Host/Datastore ratio shows the average number of hosts connected to a singlevolume.

o The VMs/Host ratio shows the average number of VMs running on a single physical

host.o The VMs/Datastore ratio shows the average number of VMs that store data on a

single volume.

o The vCPU/Core ratio shows the average number of virtual processors operating ona single physical CPU core.

Allocation Ratio

The widget tracks the amount of physical resources allocated to VMs:

o The Datastores allocation ratio shows the amount of volume space allocated to VMs(in percentage).

o The Memory allocation ratio shows the amount of physical RAM allocated to VMs (inpercentage).

Page 112: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 112/410

112 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Trends The VMware Trends dashboard helps you track resource utilization in your VMware vSphereinfrastructure by displaying growth trends for the previous week.

Widgets Included

CPU Usage by Cluster

This widget shows how CPU utilization in a cluster has been changing during the week.

Memory Usage by Cluster

This widget shows how memory utilization in a cluster has been changing during the week.

Storage Usage by Cluster

This widget shows how storage utilization in a cluster has been changing during the week.

VMs Growth

This widget shows how the number of VMs in your virtual infrastructure has been changingduring the week.

VM Uptime by Cluster

This widget shows how the average uptime value for VMs in a cluster has been changingduring the week.

Page 113: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 113/410

113 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Alarms The VMware Alarms dashboard provides an overview of alarms triggered by Veeam ONE Monitorduring the past week. The dashboard allows you to identify the most typical issues that occur in yourenvironment and to simplify troubleshooting.

Widgets Included

Object State Overview

This widget shows the number of healthy objects, objects with warnings and objects witherrors for each infrastructure component type.

Total Issues by Day

This widget displays the daily number of warnings and errors that were triggered during theweek.

Top Issues

This widget provides a list of 10 most typical alarms in your environment and shows thenumber of times each alarm was triggered.

Values in parentheses show how the alarm repeat count has changed over the previousweek*.

Top VMs

This widget provides a list of VMs with the highest number of registered errors and warnings.

Values in parentheses show how the number of alarms has changed over the previous week*.

Page 114: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 114/410

114 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Top Clusters and Hosts

This widget provides a list of virtual infrastructure objects (clusters and hosts) with thehighest number of registered errors and warnings.

Values in parentheses show how the number of alarms has changed over the previous week*.

Top Datastores

This widget provides a list of datastores with the highest number of registered errors andwarnings.

Values in parentheses show how the number of alarms has changed over the previous week*.

*The value in parentheses stands for the amount by which the number of alarms has changed compared to the valueof the previous week. For example, the 11 (+5) value means that the number of alarms has increased by 5 over thepast week (while the previous value equaled 6), and the 11(-7) value means that the number of alarms has decreasedby 7 (while the previous value equaled 18).

Page 115: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 115/410

115 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Hosts and Clusters The VMware Hosts and Clusters dashboard helps you evaluate host and cluster performance in yourVMware vSphere infrastructure. The dashboard displays statistics on CPU, memory and networkutilization, and helps you identify hosts and clusters with performance issues.

Widgets Included

CPU Ready by Cluster

This widget shows how the average CPU ready time for all VMs on all hosts in the cluster hasbeen changing during the week.

Memory Ballooning by Cluster

This widget shows how the amount of memory processed by the VM memory control driverfor all VMs on all hosts in the cluster has been changing during the week.

Top Hosts by CPU

This widget displays weekly CPU utilization data for the top 10 most loaded hosts in yourinfrastructure.

Arrows on the right show whether the average CPU usage value has changed over theprevious week*.

Page 116: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 116/410

116 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Top Hosts by Memory

This widget displays a list of hosts with the highest level of memory consumption.

Arrows on the right show whether the average memory usage value has changed over theprevious week*.

Top Hosts by Network

This widget displays a list of hosts with the highest level of network usage.

Arrows on the right show whether the average network throughput value has changed overthe previous week*.

*The arrows allow you to compare the results of this week to the results of the previous week, and to track how thetrend has evolved. For example, a blue arrow pointing right next to the CPU Usage value means that CPU utilizationhas not changed over the past week, a green arrow pointing down means that CPU utilization has decreased, while ared arrow pointing up means that CPU utilization has increased.

Page 117: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 117/410

117 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Datastores The VMware Datastores dashboard is designed to provide at a glance view on resource usage andperformance of datastores in the VMware vSphere environment. The dashboard helps you assess diskcapacities and prevent potential performance bottlenecks.

Widgets Included

Top Datastore Utilization

This widget displays a list of datastores that will run out of free space sooner than otherdatastores.

Values in parentheses show free space values for the previous week.

Top Growing Guest Disks

This widget displays a list of VMs with the least amount of free guest disk space. For each VMin the list, the widget provides information on the logical disk volume and total capacity.

Values in parentheses show free space values for the previous week.

Top Datastore Read Latency

This widget displays a list of datastores with the highest average Read Latency metric values.

Arrows on the right show whether the average read latency value has changed over theprevious week*.

Page 118: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 118/410

118 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Top Datastore IOPS

This widget displays a list of datastores with the highest number of IOPS. For each datastorein the list, the widget provides the total number of VMs residing on the datastore.

Arrows on the right show whether the number of IOPS has changed over the previous week*.

Top Active VMs with Snapshots

This widget displays a list of VMs with the largest snapshots. For each VM in the list, thewidget provides the name of the datastore where the VM snapshots are located.

Top Datastore Write Latency

This widget displays a list of datastores with the highest write latency values.

Arrows on the right show whether the average write latency value has changed over theprevious week*.

*The arrows allow you to compare the results of this week to the results of the previous week, and to track how thetrend has evolved. For example, a blue arrow pointing right next to the Write Latency value means that the averagelatency has not changed over the past week, a green arrow pointing down means that the average latency has

decreased, while a red arrow pointing up means that the average latency has increased.

Page 119: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 119/410

119 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware VMs The VMware VMs dashboard provides information about health and performance of VMs in theVMware vSphere infrastructure, and shows general VM statistics on CPU, memory and network usagefor the past week.

Widgets Included

Top VMs by CPU

This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average level of CPU utilization.

Arrows on the right show whether the CPU usage value has changed over the previousweek*.

Top VMs by Memory This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average level of memory utilization. Thememory utilization value is calculated as a percentage of total memory allocated for the VM.

Arrows on the right show whether the memory utilization value has changed over theprevious week*.

Top VMs by Network I/O

This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average network throughput values.

Arrows on the right show whether the throughput value has changed over the previousweek*.

Page 120: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 120/410

120 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Top VMs by Read Latency

This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average Read Latency metric values.

Arrows on the right show whether the average read latency value has changed over theprevious week*.

Top VMs by Write Latency

This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average Write Latency metric values.

Arrows on the right show whether the average write latency value has changed over theprevious week*.

Top VMs by IOPS

This widget displays a list of VMs with the highest average number of IOPS.

Arrows on the right show whether the number of IOPS has changed over the previous week*.

*The arrows allow you to compare the results of this week to the results of the previous week, and to track how thetrend has evolved. For example, a blue arrow pointing right next to the CPU Usage value means that CPU utilizationhas not changed over the past week, a green arrow pointing down means that CPU utilization has decreased, while ared arrow pointing up means that CPU utilization has increased.

Page 121: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 121/410

121 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Infrastructure The VMware Infrastructure dashboard is designed to provide at a glance view of configuration of theVMware vSphere infrastructure and to help you assess the overall performance and resource usageefficiency.

Widgets Included

Virtual Environment

This widget shows the total number of vCenter servers, clusters, ESXi hosts and VMs in yourenvironment, as well as the number of currently running VMs.

CPU and Memory Resources

This widget assesses physical CPU and memory resources installed on ESX(i) hosts and showsthe amount of available resources allocated to VMs.

Datastores Capacity

This widget provides information on the number of datastores in your environment, theirtotal capacity, the amount of provisioned and free space left on the datastores.

Consolidation Ratio

The widget tracks the amount of virtual hardware placed on physical hardware:

o The Host/Datastore ratio shows the average number of hosts connected to a singledatastore.

Page 122: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 122/410

122 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

o The VMs/Host ratio shows the average number of VMs running on a single physicalhost.

o The VMs/Datastore ratio shows the average number of VMs that store data on asingle datastore.

o The vCPU/Core ratio shows the average number of virtual processors operating on asingle physical CPU core.

Allocation Ratio

The widget tracks the amount of physical resources allocated to VMs:

o The vCPUallocation ratio shows the amount of physical CPU resources allocatedtoVMs (in percentage).

o The Datastores allocation ratio shows the amount of datastore space allocated toVMs (in percentage).

o The Memory allocation ratio shows the amount of physical RAM allocated to VMs (inpercentage).

Wasted Resources

The widget tracks the amount of over-provisioned resources in your environment, based ondata gathered by the Oversized Virtual Machines report:

o The vCPU value shows the total number of provisioned vCPUs.

o The vCPU Wasted value shows the total number of over-provisioned vCPUs. Use thisvalue as a measure of compute resources that you can reclaim and allocate to otherVMs.

o The Allocated Memory value shows the total amount of provisioned virtual memory.

o The Memory Wasted value shows the amount of over-provisioned virtual memory.Use this value as a measure of compute resources that you can reclaim and allocateto other VMs.

Page 123: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 123/410

123 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Capacity Planning The VMware Capacity Planning dashboard helps you analyze performance of virtual infrastructureobjects, forecast resource shortages, optimize resource provisioning and maintain high availability forVMware clusters.

Widgets Included

To estimate future resource utilization and forecast resource shortages, the dashboard analyzeshistorical performance data for the previous 90 days and calculates the performance utilization trend.

Hosts and Clusters

The widget forecasts how many days remain before hosts and clusters start experiencingresource shortages, given the performance utilization trend. The widget analyzes CPU,memory, storage space and storage I/O performance data.

The infinity sign implies that a host or a cluster will not to run out of CPU and memory

resources in the foreseeable future. Datastores

The widget forecasts how many days remain before datastores will run out of free space,given the performance utilization trend.

The infinity sign implies that a datastore will not run out of free space in the foreseeablefuture.

What if I Lose 1 Host in a Cluster

A host may unexpectedly go down or enter a maintenance mode, which will increaseworkloads across failover hosts in a cluster. The widget simulates a failure of one host in a HAcluster and forecasts how many days remain before the cluster starts experiencing resource

shortages.

Page 124: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 124/410

124 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

The infinity sign implies that a cluster will not run out of CPU and memory resources in theforeseeable future.

Available Resources

The widget shows the amount of available CPU, memory and storage resources for theprevious week.

The number in parentheses represents available resources as a percentage of total physicalresources.

Arrows on the right show whether the amount of CPU, memory and free space has changedsince the previous day. For example, a green arrow pointing up next to the Free Space valuemeans that the available storage space has increased since yesterday, while a red arrowpointing down next to the CPU value means that the amount of available CPU resources hasdecreased since yesterday.

How Many More VMs Can Be Added

The widget analyzes the current workload, assesses average VM configuration in your clustersand hosts, and calculates the number of additional VMs with the average configuration thatyour existing infrastructure can support without experiencing significant resource shortages.

Page 125: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 125/410

125 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Veeam ONE ReportsVeeam ONE Reporter comes with a set of predefined reports that are ready to use out of the box.

All reports are grouped into report packs that can be accessed in the Workspace area.

Page 126: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 126/410

126 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Infrastructure Assessment This report pack helps ensure your VMs are ready to be properly backed up. Infrastructure assessmentreports analyze your environment for incompatibilities and configuration errors that can potentiallyprevent or complicate future backup operations.

The report pack helps you predict the amount of future changes on virtual disks that may have an

influence on the frequency of backup jobs, consumed backup capacities and necessary WANbandwidth allocated for replication jobs.

Number of reports : 3

Current version : 4

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : Yes

Reports included :

Datastore Performance Assessment

VM Change Rate Estimation

VM Configuration Assessment

Page 127: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 127/410

127 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Datastore Performance Assessment

This report analyzes datastore performance and detects whether your datastores can sustain thecurrent workload.

Assessment Results table shows the number of hosts connected to each datastore includedin the report scope, the number of VMs that store data on the datastores, the number of

virtual disks, and the average latency/IOPS values for each datastore. The report also providesrecommendations on actions to be taken to meet the defined parameters.

TOP Datastores by Latency , TOP Datastores by IOPS , BOTTOM Datastores by Latency and BOTTOM Datastores by IOPS charts show 5 most and least loaded datastores in termsof the highest and the lowest IOPS and latency values.

The details section shows performance charts with IOPS and latency statistics for each datastore, anddetails tables with latency and IOPS values for every host connected to the datastore.

Use Case Veeam Backup & Replication v8 introduced Backup I/O Control, a new capability that allows you todefine latency and IOPS thresholds for any datastore:

The Stop assigning new tasks to datastore at setting means that when the backup server isassigning a proxy for the virtual disk, it will now take latency (IOPS) into consideration, and

the backup job will wait for the datastore to become free before starting the backup.

Page 128: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 128/410

128 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

The Throttle I/O existing tasks at setting is designed for situations when a backup job isalready running and latency becomes an issue due to an external load. For example, if a SQLmaintenance process were to start running in a VM using the same datastore as the backup job, then the backup job will automatically throttle its read I/O from the datastore so thatlatency drops below the specified threshold.

The report helps you assess current load on your datastores and make sure that by specifying the

certain thresholds in Veeam Backup & Replication you maximize possible backup performance whileminimizing the impact on production workloads.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Datastores : defines the datastore to analyze in the report.

Reporting Interval : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Max. allowed read latency : defines a threshold for the highest latency value for read operations. Ifthe average read latency value for a datastore breaches the threshold, the datastore will behighlighted with red.

Max. allowed write latency : defines a threshold for the highest latency value for write operations. Ifthe average write latency value for a datastore breaches the threshold, the datastore will behighlighted with red.

Max allowed reads : defines a threshold for the maximum number of read operations. If the numberof read operations for a datastore breaches the threshold, the datastore will be highlighted with red.

Max allowed writes : defines a threshold for the maximum number of write operations. If the numberof write operations for a datastore breaches the threshold, the datastore will be highlighted with red.

Page 129: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 129/410

129 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VM Change Rate Estimation

This report tracks the amount of data changed on virtual disks to find VMs that grow too fast.

The report analyzes rates at which data was written to virtual disks during the selected reportinginterval, and displays top N VMs that grew faster and slower than other VMs.

The details table provides information on total and daily amount of changes for each VM.

Tip: Click a VM name in the details table to drill down to performance statistics on write operations foreach connected virtual disk of the VM.

Page 130: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 130/410

130 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case To perform incremental backup, Veeam Backup & Replication needs to know which data blocks havechanged since the previous job run. The number of changed blocks reflects the amount of datawritten to the virtual disk.

Veeam Backup & Replication gathers this information to calculate the amount of new data that needsto be backed up. The more changes occur on the virtual disk, the larger amount of space is required tostore data on target repositories. This report helps you assess future needs for repository free space.

Report Parameters Scope (VMware VM folders) : defines a list of VMware folders to include in the report (applies toVMware vSphere environments only). VM folders view is an alternate way to present the virtualinfrastructure. If VMs in your infrastructure are grouped into folders according to their profile, you canlimit the report scope by specifying the necessary folders only.

Scope (VI): defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

vCD object(s) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Top N : defines the number of top VMs that will be included in the report.

Show VMs with no changes : defines whether VMs with no detected changes must be included in thereport.

Page 131: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 131/410

131 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VM Configuration Assessment

This report helps you to assess VMs readiness for performing backup with Veeam Backup &Replication.

The report analyzes configuration of VMs in your virtual environment, and shows potential issues andpossible limitations that could cause backup process to fail or prevent VMs from being properly

backed up.

Note: This report is available for VMware vSphere environments only.

Page 132: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 132/410

132 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

The report takes into account the following criteria when analyzing VM configuration:

VMware CBT

Criterion Description

Existing Snapshots

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find VMs with existing

snapshots. To use VMware Changed Block Tracking for incremental backup, all existingsnapshots should be removed.

Hardware Version 4 or earlier

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find VMs with hardwareversion 4 or earlier.

To use VMware Changed Block Tracking for incremental backup, hardwareversion of VMs should be 7 or later.

Virtual Disks

Criterion Description

VMs with Independent Disks

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find VMs with independentvirtual disks.

Veeam Backup & Replication does not support independent disks; these disksare skipped from processing automatically.

Virtual Machines with 2 TBvirtual disks that are notrunning in vSphere 5.5cannot be snapshotted andbacked up

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find VMs with 2 TB virtualdisk size.

For ESXi 5.0, 5.1 and 5.5, the maximum virtual disk (VMDK) size for snapshotoperations is limited to 1.984492366201720 TB. For more information, see theVMware KB article.

VMs with disks engaged inSCSI bus sharing

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find VMs that use SCSI bus-sharing.

VMware does not support taking snapshots of Microsoft Clustering Services(MSCS)VMs. For more information, see the VMware KB article.

Application-Aware Image Processing

Criterion Description

VMware Tools Not Running

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find VMs that do not havewith VMware Tools installed or running.

To enable backup with application-aware image processing, it is required thatguest OS running inside your VMs have VMware Tools installed and running.

Datastore Free Space

Criterion Description

VMs on datastores with 10%of free space

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find datastores that haveless than 10% of free space.

When Veeam Backup & Replication backs up a VM, it triggers a VMwaresnapshot that is normally stored next to VM files on the source datastore. Toeliminate the problem of datastores running low on free space duringbackup, it is required that the free space is more than 10%.

Page 133: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 133/410

133 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Others

Criterion Description

Unsupported VM names

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find VMs with names thatcontain the following symbols: @ / \ < >.

Veeam Backup & Replication does not process VMs with names that containmentioned symbols. If you want to back up these virtual machines, you mustrename them.

Use Case This report allows you to obtain a list of VMs in your virtual environment that could experiencepotential issues with backups, and to get guidance on how to resolve these issues.

Report Parameters Scope (VI): defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

vCD object(s) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Issues : defines VM assessment criteria to include in the report.

Skip backup replicas : defines whether to include Veeam Backup & Replication replicas in the report.

Page 134: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 134/410

134 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Veeam Cloud Connect Report Pack This report pack provides information about Veeam Cloud Connect infrastructure, including userquota usage, capacity planning for cloud repositories and configuration data for cloud gateways andrepositories.

Number of reports : 4

Current version : 2

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : Yes

Reports included :

Cloud Connect Inventory

Cloud Connect Replication Provisioning

Over-provisioned Backup Repositories

Veeam Cloud Connect User Report

Page 135: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 135/410

135 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Cloud Connect Inventory

This report provides inventory information on the Veeam Backup & Replication and Cloud Connectinfrastructures.

License Information section shows product license details, including the total number oflicensed and used sockets, the number of licensed and used sockers for VMware and Hyper-V

environments, support expiration and license expiration dates. Veeam B&R Infrastructure section provides information about backup servers, including the

version of Veeam Backup & Replication installed, the number and type of backup proxies andbackup repositories managed by backup servers.

Backup Proxies section provides information about backup proxy servers, including the typeof transport mode chosen for proxy servers, the number of maximum allowable concurrenttasks, connected datastores, and shows whether throttling is enabled for these servers.

Tape Servers section provides information about tape servers and tape libraries connectedto the servers, and shows whether throttling is enabled for these servers.

Backup Repositories section shows a list of backup repositories and provides additionaldetails including the repository capacity and free space, the amount of space used by full andincremental backups, the number of backup jobs utilizing a repository and the number ofVMs residing in backups stored on a repository.

WAN Accelerators section provides information about WAN accelerators and theirconfiguration, including a port number, the number of allowed concurrent connections,cache size, the amount of free space in cache, and cache location.

Cloud Repositories section provides information about cloud repositories includingunderlying backup repositories, quotas, the amount of free space left, the number of VMsresiding in backups stored on the repositories, and quota expiration dates.

Cloud Gateway Servers section provides information about configuration of cloud gatewaysincluding guest OSes, IP addresses and ports numbers.

Hardware Plans section shows the amount of virtual computing, memory and storageresources allocated to a hardware plan and the number of users subscribed to each plan.

Clusters/Hosts section provides information about hosts and clusters unitized in cloudhardware plans, their CPU and memory resources, and the number of VM replicas on ahost/cluster.

Storages section shows total capacity of cloud storages, amount of free space and thenumber of VM replicas located on each storage.

Page 136: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 136/410

136 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Page 137: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 137/410

137 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case

This report displays inventory information for the Veeam Backup & Replication and Cloud Connectinfrastructure components including licensing details.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Page 138: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 138/410

138 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Cloud Connect Replication Provisioning

This report allows you to identify cloud hosts and datastores that are over-provisioned and under-provisioned with resources and make sure CPU, memory and storage resources are allocatedefficiently.

The Summary Information section contains 3 charts:

Top 5 Over-provisioned hosts/clusters (by CPU), GHZ chart displays 5 most over-provisioned cloud hosts and clusters by CPU and displays their total CPU capacity and theamount of computing resources provisioned for them.

Top 5 Over-provisioned hosts/clusters (by Memory), GB chart displays 5 most over-provisioned cloud hosts and clusters by memory and displays their total memory capacityand the amount of memory resources provisioned for them.

Top 5 Over-provisioned datastores, GB chart displays 5 most over-provisioned clouddatastores by memory and displays their total memory capacity and the amount of memoryresources provisioned for them.

The Details section shows cloud hosts that are over-provisioned and under-provisioned with CPU,memory and storage resources and provides information about resource allocation on these hosts.

Page 139: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 139/410

139 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report helps define whether existing hardware plans match hosts and datastores capabilities. Usethis data to avoid potential issues that may be caused by excessive over-provisioning of cloud

replication hosts.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of virtual infrastructure objects to include in the report.

CPU Utilization Threshold (%) min - CPU Utilization Threshold (%) max : defines minimum andmaximum CPU utilization values in percent to analyze in the report.

Memory Utilization Threshold (%) min - Memory Utilization Threshold (%) max : definesminimum and maximum memory utilization values in percent to analyze in the report.

Datastore Utilization Threshold (%) min - Datastore Utilization Threshold (%) max : definesminimum and maximum storage utilization values in percent to analyze in the report.

Page 140: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 140/410

140 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Over-provisioned Backup Repositories

When configuring cloud repositories, cloud administrators can allocate more storage space than thereis available on the underlying backup repository. This report helps you assess the potential impact ofexcessive over-provisioning for cloud repositories.

TOP 5 Over-provisioned Repositories chart shows 5 repositories whose amount of

provisioned storage space exceeds the total capacity. The TOP 5 Under-provisioned Repositories chart shows 5 repositories whose amount of

provisioned storage space is way below the total capacity.

TOP 5 Repositories with Least Amount of Free Space table displays top 5 repositories thatwill run out of free space sooner than other repositories.

For each repository included in the report, the Details section shows tables and charts that provideinformation on storage space utilization and the number of days left before the specified spaceutilization/free space threshold will be breached. Arrows in the Out of Free Space in … (Days)column show whether the amount of free space on the repository has increased (green arrow),decreased (red arrow) or stayed the same (blue arrow) over the previous week.

Use Case The report analyzes repository space utilization trend and calculates the number of days left beforestorage utilization will breach the specified threshold.

Page 141: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 141/410

141 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Repository space utilization limit (%) : defines the threshold for the amount of space in use onrepositories.

Repository free space (GB) : defines the threshold for the amount of free space left on repositories.

Show graphics : defines whether to include charts in the report output.

Page 142: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 142/410

142 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Veeam Cloud Connect User Report

This report gathers information on storage quota usage and activity of users that consume cloudrepository resources. The report forecasts the date when cloud repositories will run out of availablestorage quota and helps you ensure there is enough space for backup data at any point in time.

The report provides general overview of all Cloud Connect users and cloud repositories: the total

number of users, the number of users who were active/inactive during past 30 days, the number ofusers who will run out of quota in the next 30 days, the total number of cloud repositories, the totalstorage quota and total amount of space used and left on repositories.

Top Users By Days Left to Reach Quota and Top Users By Quota Utilization (%) chartsdisplay 5 users that will run out of space sooner than other users and 5 users with the highestlevel of space utilization.

The Details table shows information about user activity (the last time and date when the userwas active), the number of VMs in backups stored on the repository, cloud repository quotaassigned to the user, the amount of free space left on the repository, space usage trend andthe date the user contract expires. The report also forecasts the number of days left beforethe user runs out of quota.

Use Case This report allows Veeam Cloud Providers (VCPs) to analyze configuration and quota usage on cloudrepositories. The report helps VCPs define which repositories are running out of free space, keep aneye on user activity and decide whether to increase quota for the users.

Page 143: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 143/410

143 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Interval/Interval Type : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Page 144: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 144/410

144 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Veeam Backup & Replication Report Pack This report pack includes reports that analyze performance, health and efficiency of Veeam Backup &Replication infrastructure and operations. The reports help you gain better visibility of your VeeamBackup & Replication environment, detect unprotected VMs, control state of backup infrastructurecomponents, track free space consumption and analyze capacity trends.

Prerequisite Requirements

You must use the same unique address to connect virtual infrastructure servers (VMware vSphere,Microsoft Hyper-V or vCloud Director) to both the Veeam ONE Reporter and Veeam Backup &Replication.

Number of reports : 39

Current version : 2

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : No

Reports included :

Backup Alarms Overview Backup Billing

Backup Billing (v9 only)

Backup Copy Job

Backup Copy Job GFS Backup Files

Backup Infrastructure Assessment

Backup Inventory

Backup Job Data Exclusions

Backup Jobs Historical Information

Capacity Planning for Backup Repositories

Current Backup Alarms State Overview

Delegated Restore Permissions Overview

Job Configuration Change Tracking

Job Configuration Dump

Latest Backup Job Status

Orphaned VMs

Protected VMs

Protected VMs Job Schedule

Replica Billing

Replica Billing (v9 only)

Restore Operator Activity

Scale-out Backup Repository Configuration

SQL Backup Job Historical Information

SureBackup Jobs Overview

Tape Backups

Tape Exportation

Page 145: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 145/410

145 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tape GFS Configuration

Tape Media Retention Period

Tape Vaults Overview

Unmapped Datastore LUNs

Veeam Backup Files Growth

Veeam Backup Files Growth (v9 only)

Verified VMs

VM Backup Compliance Overview

VM Backup Status

VM Change Rate History

VM Failover Plan Overview

VMs Backed Up by Multiple Jobs

VMs with no Archive Copy

Page 146: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 146/410

146 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Backup Alarms Overview

This report provides an overview of the data protection health state. It allows you to track VeeamBackup & Replication alarms triggered by Veeam ONE Monitor, and see most affected Veeam Backupand Replication jobs and components.

Top 5 Job Issues chart displays top 5 jobs that caused more alarms than other jobs.

Total Issues chart displays the total number of warnings and errors for each day within areporting period.

Top 10 VMs Troublemakers table lists 10 most affected VMs and the number of alarmstriggered for each machine.

Top 10 Issues table shows 10 the most frequent alarms and how many times each alarm wastriggered.

Detailed Information table provides information on affected backup infrastructure objectsand displays how many alarms were triggered.

The report also calculates a trend for each object. It compares information on alarmstriggered over the reporting period (day/week/month/year) with the number of alarms

triggered during the day/week/month/year previous to the reporting period. For example, ifthe selected reporting period is one month, the trend will use the month previous to thereporting period to calculate the trend. By comparing two equal periods, the report showswhether the number of triggered alarms increased or reduced. Therefore, you can track dataprotection health state changes.

Page 147: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 147/410

147 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Page 148: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 148/410

148 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a number in the Alarms column of the Detailed Information table to drill down to alarmdetails.

Use Case The report provides an overview of the data protection health state, shows the list of the frequentlytriggered alarms and displays the most affected backup infrastructure objects.

Report Parameters Scope : defines backup infrastructure objects to analyze in the report.

Interval - Interval Type/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Group By : defines the way data will be grouped in the report (by Issue type or Object type ).

Alarm Type : defines a list of data protection object types to analyze and include in the report.

Alarms List : defines a list of alarms to analyze in the report. The options in the list depend on theselected Alarm Type parameter.

Page 149: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 149/410

149 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Backup Billing

This report allows you to assess storage management costs for the backup infrastructure and to trackthe consumption of storage used for backup purposes. This information may then used for financialanalysis.

The report estimates storage resources required to store backups. The cost can be calculated based on

the price of 1 GB or TB of consumed storage space or on the price of a single VM. If there is a repositorythat is more expensive than other ones, an administrator can also specify the price adjustment factor(or the multiplier) that characterizes the premium charged for access to the repository.

The report provides details on every backup job included into the report scope — the number ofbacked up VMs and total amount of gigabytes transferred to the storage — and estimates the totalcost of the VMs.

Use Case This report allows managed storage providers (MSP) to automatically generate billing statements forcustomers and to charge them for the used storage.

The report can help administrators evaluate efficiency of the storage resources utilization.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of backup repositories to be analyzed in the report.

Job Type : defines a job type that should be evaluated ( Backup , Backup Copy or both).

Page 150: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 150/410

150 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Backup Job : defines a list of backup and backup copy jobs to include in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : the interval for which the billing statement is required.

Price : defines a storage price for accommodating 1 GB/TB of backup files or a price for a single VMincluded in backup.

Customer : defines customer name to be displayed in the report output.

Repositories* : defines the price adjustment factor that characterizes the benefit (and the expense) ofusing the preferred repository storage. The resulting cost is calculated by multiplying the basic rate bythe repository multiplier.

*This parameter is located in the right pane of the report details page under the Billing Parameters section. Select the targetrepository and enter the price adjustment multiplier.

Page 151: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 151/410

151 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Backup Billing (v9 only)

This report allows you to assess storage management costs for the backup infrastructure and to trackthe consumption of storage used for backup purposes. This information may then be used forfinancial analysis.

Note: The Backup Billing (v9 only) report is compatible with features of Veeam Backup & Replicationversion 9.

The report estimates storage resources required to store backups. The cost can be calculated based onthe price of 1 GB or TB of consumed storage space or on the price of a single VM. If there is a repositorythat is more expensive than other ones, an administrator can also specify the price adjustment factor(or the multiplier) that characterizes the premium charged for access to the repository.

The report provides details on every backup job included into the report scope — the number ofbacked up VMs, size of a restore point and total amount of gigabytes transferred to the storage — andestimates the total cost of the VMs.

Page 152: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 152/410

152 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case This report allows managed storage providers (MSP) to automatically generate billing statements forcustomers and to charge them for the used storage.

The report can help administrators evaluate efficiency of the storage resources utilization.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of backup repositories to analyze in the report.

Job Type : defines a job type that should be evaluated (backup, backup copy or both).

Backup Job : defines a list of backup and backup copy jobs to include in the report.Interval/Start date - End date : defines the interval for which the billing statement is required.

Price : defines a storage price for accommodating 1 GB/TB of backup files or a price for a single VMincluded in backup.

Customer : defines customer name to display in the report output.

Repositories* : defines the price adjustment factor that characterizes the benefit (and the expense) ofusing the preferred repository storage. The resulting cost is calculated by multiplying the basic rate bythe repository multiplier.

*This parameter is located in the right pane of the report details page under the Billing Parameters section. Select the targetrepository and enter the price adjustment multiplier.

Page 153: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 153/410

153 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Backup Copy Job

The main backup purpose is to protect your data against disasters and VM failures. Having only onecopy of a backup file does not provide the necessary level of safety. To build a successful dataprotection and disaster recovery plan, you must have at least one independent copy of a backup fileoffsite, for example, in the remote site. To optimize data transfer between remote sites over the WAN,Veeam Backup & Replication offers the WAN acceleration technology.

To learn more about the 3-2-1 backup strategy and WAN acceleration, see the Veeam Blog article andVeeam Help Center .

This report analyzes amount of traffic transmitted to target repository by backup copy jobs, evaluatesthe efficiency of backup data transfer through WAN accelerators and estimates the amount of networktraffic savings.

The report output includes three charts and provides details on traffic usage:

Traffic Efficiency (GB) chart shows the actual amount of traffic read from the sourcedatastore and the amount of traffic transmitted over the network to the target repository.

Traffic Savings by Day (GB) chart shows the amount of traffic saved on each day of thereporting interval (that is, the difference between the amount of read traffic and the amountof transferred traffic).

Saving Ratio by Day chart shows daily fluctuations in the raw data to traffic savings ratio.

The Accelerator Details table provides details for each pair of WAN accelerators used by backup copy jobs: number of restore points transferred, amount of data read from the source repository, actualamount of data transferred to the target repository and amount of saved traffic.

The Job Details table provides detailed information on job sessions, restore points transferred by thepair of WAN accelerators, original backup file sizes, actual amount of data transferred, amount ofsaved traffic and savings ratio.

Page 154: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 154/410

154 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Page 155: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 155/410

155 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a backup copy job name in the Accelerator Details table to drill down to details for the job.

Use Case Available in the Enterprise Plus edition of Veeam Backup & Replication, WAN accelerators allowreducing the amount of network traffic transmitted to remote DR sites by leveraging the

deduplication techniques. This report helps you analyze traffic savings and raise the efficiency of your backup copy jobs.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Accelerators : defines pairs of source-to-target WAN accelerators to include in the report.

Backup Copy Jobs : defines a list of backup copy jobs to include in the report.

Interval/Start Date – End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Page 156: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 156/410

156 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Backup Copy Job GFS Backup Files

This report provides historical information about restore points in Veeam Backup & Replicationbackup copy jobs with the Grandfather-Father-Son (GFS) retention policy.

The Summary section includes 2 charts:

VM restore points age chart shows a share of weekly, monthly, quarterly and yearly restorepoints.

Top 5 Jobs with max VM restore points displays 5 jobs that have more GFS restore points.

Next restore points to be deleted by retention table shows restore points that soon will bedeleted according to the retention policy, their size, type and objects they contain. Restorepoints are sorted by deletion date.

The Details section displays information about Backup Copy jobs with GFS retention policy: jobretention configuration, a list of existing restore points and their details. You can also view distributionof GFS restore points of all types for the current year on a calendar.

If there are restore points without jobs in your backup infrastructure, they will be listed in the RestorePoints with no Jobs table on the last page of the report.

Page 157: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 157/410

157 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a job name in the Next restore points to be deleted by retention table to go to a report pagewith GFS job details.

Use Case If you have a large backup infrastructure with a great number of restore points with GFS retentionpolicy, you may find it difficult to trace their deletion. The report allows you track restore points withGFS retention policy that will soon be removed, see their size and a date they will be deleted.

Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Backup Copy Job : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication Backup Copy jobs to analyze in thereport.

Sort restore points by : defines how data will be sorted in the report ( Creation date, Removal date,Restore point type, Size ).

Page 158: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 158/410

158 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Backup Infrastructure Assessment

This report evaluates how optimally your backup infrastructure is configured and suggests actionsaimed at boosting its efficiency.

The report analyzes configuration of your virtual environment against a set of recommended baselinesettings and implementations, identifies VMs that cannot be properly backed up due to configuration

limitations, verifies problem areas and helps mitigate the issues.

Note: This report is available for VMware vSphere environments only.

Page 159: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 159/410

Page 160: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 160/410

160 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Job Performance Optimization

Criterion Description

Parallel virtual diskprocessing

The report searches for Veeam Backup servers that do not have the Enableparallel VM and virtual disk processing option enabled.

In version 6.5 and earlier, VMs and VM disks used to be processed one by onewithin the same job. That is, the tasks of the job were accomplishedsequentially and each task meant one VM disk being processed.

Starting with Veeam Backup & Replication 7.0, multiple VMs and VM disks canbe processed in parallel, optimizing your backup infrastructure performanceand increasing the efficiency of resource usage.

Virtual stand-by proxy server

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find virtual backup proxyservers.

For data retrieval, Veeam Backup & Replication offers the Virtual Appliancemode. The mode can only be used if the backup proxy is deployed on a VM.

The Virtual Appliance mode uses the SCSI hot-add capability of ESX(i) hosts toattach disks of the backed up VM to the backup proxy VM. In this mode, VM

data is retrieved directly from storage through the ESX(i) I/O stack, instead ofgoing through the network stack, which improves performance.

Proxy server on the remotesite

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find backup proxy servers onthe remote site.

Storing backups offsite always involves moving large volumes of databetween remote sites. To solve the problem of insufficient networkbandwidth to support VM data traffic and optimize data transfer over theWAN, it is recommended to deploy a proxy server on the remote site.

Direct SAN access iSCSIperformance tweaks

The report analyzes your infrastructure to find backup proxies configured touse the Direct SAN Access mode working with iSCSI storage.

The Direct SAN Access mode is recommended if the ESX(i) host uses sharedstorage. The backup proxy leverages VADP to retrieve VM data directly fromFC or iSCSI storage in the Storage Area Network (SAN). To retrieve data blocksfrom SAN LUN, the backup proxy uses metadata about the layout of VM diskson the SAN. Since data blocks are not retrieved over the Local Area Network(LAN), this mode minimizes disruptions to your production network duringbackup.

Meeting Backup Window

The report analyzes job sessions to find jobs whose duration exceeds thedefined backup window.

If job duration exceeds the backup window and the bottleneck is a proxy, thereport will provide recommendations to deploy more proxies.

Backup job processing modeoptimizations

The report analyzes job statistics to find bottlenecks in the data flow.

As any backup application handles a great amount of data, it is important tomake sure the data flow is efficient and all resources engaged in the backupprocess are optimally used. To identify a bottleneck in the data path, VeeamBackup & Replication detects the component with the maximum workload:that is, the component that works for the most time of the job.

In case the report discovers that a backup proxy is the weakest component inthe data flow, it is recommended to deploy additional proxy servers.

Page 161: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 161/410

161 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Backup Infrastructure Configuration

Criterion Description

VMs failed over to network

processing mode

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find VMs that failed over tothe Network Processing mode.

The Network Processing mode can be used with any infrastructureconfiguration. However, when an alternative transport mode is applicable,the Network mode is not recommended because of the lowest data retrievalspeed.

Backup server protection

The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find backup servers that donot run configuration backups on their database.

If a Veeam backup server fails, you can re-deploy the Veeam backup server,restore configuration data for the Veeam backup server from the backup andapply it to the re-built server. Alternatively, you can apply configuration datato any other Veeam backup server in your backup infrastructure. In terms ofconfiguration, you get a replica of the Veeam backup server you had, withoutadditional adjustments and fine-tuning.

SQL Server optimization

The report analyzes Veeam Backup & Replication databases hosted on SQLServer Express instances to check whether these instances need to beupgraded to the full version of SQL Server.

If the amount of data stored in Veeam Backup & Replication databasesexceeds SQL Server Express capabilities, it may cause slow operation of theVeeam Backup & Replication console.

Repository free space The report analyzes your virtual infrastructure to find repositories that haverun out of free space.

Storage latency control

The report searches for jobs that do not have the Enable storage latencycontrol option enabled.

Storage latency control should be enabled in the Veeam Backup &

Replication console to ensure that running jobs do not impact storageavailability to production workloads.

Tip: Click a criterion in the output table to drill down to recommendations for resolving the issue.

Use Case The size and complexity of modern geographically disperse backup infrastructures makes it difficult tomanage and optimize them.

Following the report recommendations, backup administrators can improve job configuration andimplement the necessary hardware and software optimizations. This will help you attain betterefficiency, lower resource consumption and expedite backup time.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

1-Click file level restores : defines whether the report will analyze the 1-click file level restorecapabilities.

Required Backup Window : defines an interval for daily backup sessions that should be assessed.

Page 162: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 162/410

162 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Backup Inventory

This report provides inventory information on configuration of your Veeam Backup & Replicationinfrastructure.

License Information section shows product license details, including the license type, thenumber of licensed and used sockets (for socked-based licenses) or the number of licensed

and used VMs (for VM-based licenses), the breakdown of licensed and used sockets or VMs forVMware and Hyper-V environments, support expiration and license expiration dates.

Veeam B&R Infrastructure section provides information about backup servers, including theversion of Veeam Backup & Replication installed, the number and type of backup proxies andbackup repositories managed by backup servers .

Backup Proxies section provides information about backup proxy servers, including the typeof transport mode chosen for proxy servers, the number of maximum allowable concurrenttasks, connected datastores, and shows whether throttling is enabled for these servers.

Tape Servers section provides information about tape servers and tape libraries connectedto the servers, and shows whether throttling is enabled for these servers.

Backup Repositories section shows a list of backup repositories and provides additionaldetails including the repository capacity and free space, the amount of space used by full andincremental backups, the number of backup jobs utilizing a repository and the number ofVMs residing in backups stored on a repository.

WAN Accelerators section provides information about WAN accelerators and theirconfiguration, including a port number, the number of allowed concurrent connections,cache size, the amount of free space in cache, and cache location.

Cloud Repositories section provides information about cloud repositories includingunderlying backup repositories, quotas, the amount of free space left, the number of VMsresiding in backups stored on the repositories, and quota expiration dates.

Cloud Gateway Servers section provides information about configuration of cloud gateways

including guest OSes, IP addresses and ports numbers. VMs in Jobs section displays all backup jobs, their types and the number of VMs in each job.

Page 163: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 163/410

163 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Page 164: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 164/410

164 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case This report displays information on the state of backup infrastructure components and providesproduct licensing details.

Report Parameters

Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Page 165: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 165/410

165 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Backup Job Data Exclusions

The report provides information about objects, such as VMs, disks, folders and templates, excludedfrom backup, backup copy and replication jobs in Veeam Backup & Replication.

Summary Information section includes three pie charts that display the share of jobs withexcluded VMs, disks and file system objects and jobs without exclusions.

Details tables show exclusion settings and objects excluded from processing in VeeamBackup & Replication.

Page 166: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 166/410

166 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Page 167: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 167/410

167 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report allows you to review exclusion settings configured in jobs and check objects excluded frombackups and replicas. For more information in exclude types available in Veeam Backup & Replication,see Data Exclusion .

Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Job Type : defines types of Veeam Backup & Replication jobs to analyze in the report ( All types, Backup,Replication , Backup Copy ).

Backup Job : defines Veeam Backup & Replication jobs to analyze in the report.

Exclusion Type : defines type of excluded objects to show in the report ( All items, VM level , Disk , FileSystem, Default exclusions ).

Page 168: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 168/410

168 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Backup Jobs Historical Information

This report provides advanced information on completed backup and replication job sessions, andhelps you identify possible performance bottlenecks.

Top 5 Jobs by Average Duration (Hours) and Top 5 Jobs by Transferred Data (GB) chartsdisplay top 5 jobs in terms of the longest backup duration and the largest amount of

transferred data. This information allows you to keep an eye on the most intense backupoperations and make a decision whether to perform additional configuration of the jobs.

Successful Backup Ratio by Day (%) chart displays the percentage of backup andreplication job sessions that completed successfully during the reporting period.

Details table provides information on each performed backup and replication job: sessionstart time and job duration, the amount of transferred data, the completion state.

Page 169: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 169/410

169 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a job name, a number in the Backed Up VMs column or a link in the Backup Type column ofthe Details table to drill down to the list of VMs included in the job and their individual backupsuccess properties.

Use Case This report shows exhaustive information on the state of recent job sessions and reveals key statisticsdemanded by backup operators.

You can change the default report parameters to focus on particular jobs that include critical VMs; thiswill allow you to regularly receive information on vital job sessions via email or through a sharedportal.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Job Type : defines a job type that should be evaluated (backup, replication or both).

Backup Job : defines a list of backup and replication jobs to include in the report.

Interval/Start Date – End Date defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Page 170: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 170/410

170 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Capacity Planning for Backup Repositories

This report estimates the amount of free space available on backup repository(ies) and forecasts howmany days remain before the repository will run out of available storage capacity.

Backup repositories tend to run out of free space when outdated restore points overload thedatastore. This report helps you ensure there is enough space for your backup data at any point in

time. The report also provides recommendations on how to adjust the allocated storage resources inorder to meet the future demand for backup storage. Furthermore, it calculates the amount ofadditional space that needs to be provisioned to accommodate the necessary restore points.

To calculate future repository performance, the report analyzes historical performance data for theprevious 90 days, calculates the performance utilization trend and applies this trend to the safetyinterval (that is, the selected number of days during which the specified threshold should not bebreached). This helps you rationally plan your resources.

Top 5 Utilized Repositories (GB) and Top 5 Repositories by Days Left charts display 5repositories that will run out of free space sooner than other repositories and the number ofdays left before space usage level on these repositories breaches the specified threshold.

Details table provides information on the total repository capacity, number of VMs in

backups stored on the repository and the number of days left before the repository runs outfree space.

Page 171: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 171/410

171 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a repository name in the Details table to drill down to the list of jobs that utilize the backuprepository storage capacity.

Use Case The report allows you to analyze configuration and space usage on backup repositories and toforecast how many days remain before the repository reaches its full capacity. You can use the reportto assess the required amount of additional space that needs to be allocated to support theuninterrupted backup operations for a specified number of days into the future.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of backup repositories to analyze in the report.

Space utilization limit (%) : defines the maximum amount of used space measured as a percentage oftotal capacity on the available repositories.

Free space reservation (GB) : defines the minimum total amount of free space on the repositories.

Ensure there is enough capacity for selected number of days : defines the safety interval (that is,the required minimum number of days during which the specified space threshold should not bebreached).

Page 172: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 172/410

172 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Current Backup Alarms State Overview

This report shows all unresolved alarms that Veeam ONE Monitor triggered for the Veeam Backup &Replication infrastructure. The report includes the following components:

Top issues number chart shows the total number of unresolved Warning and/or Error alarms.

Top 10 Issues table displays 10 most frequent unresolved alarms, their status, and how manytimes they were triggered.

Details table displays names of triggered alarms, their status, triggering events and time, andaffected backup infrastructure objects.

Use Case You can use this report to detect and resolve current and the most pressing issues with Veeam Backup& Replication.

Page 173: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 173/410

173 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines backup infrastructure objects to analyze in the report.

Alarms Status : defines statuses of triggered alarms to display in the report ( All items, Errors, Warnings ).

Page 174: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 174/410

174 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Delegated Restore Permissions Overview

This report analyzes restore permissions configured in Veeam Backup Enterprise Manager. The reportreturns the list of users who can restore entire VMs, guest OS files and application items via the VeeamBackup Enterprise Manager or Veeam Self Service File Restore portal, and shows what type of datathese users can restore according to the effective policies.

Use Case Auditing of restore permissions manually can be quite a challenge, especially for large environmentswith dozens of restore operators. This may cause inefficient resource usage and unwarranted oruncoordinated restores.

This report allows backup administrators and senior IT management staff to review and adjust restorepolicies to better address the demands of a dynamic multi-user backup environment.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Group by : defines whether data in the report output will be grouped by User or Object .

Page 175: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 175/410

175 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Job Configuration Change Tracking

This report allows you to keep an eye on backup job configuration changes that occurred during aspecified period.

The Job Modifications by User and Modifications by Day charts displays the number of jobconfiguration changes performed by each authorized user and the daily number of changes.

Use Case Since jobs can be configured from the Veeam Backup & Replication console, Veeam Backup EnterpriseManager console, using PowerShell scripts or through REST API, in large environments with multiplebackup administrators it is often hard to tell who, when and what changed.

The report helps you review user activity, track job modifications and simplifying troubleshooting.

Page 176: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 176/410

176 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Interval/Start Date – End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

User : defines users whose activity should be examined.

Job Type : defines a job type that should be evaluated (backup, replication, file to tape, backup totape, backup copy, failover plan, SQL log backup, SureBackup or all of the above).

Page 177: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 177/410

177 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Job Configuration Dump

The report provides configuration details for Veeam Backup & Replication jobs.

Page 178: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 178/410

178 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report helps you review settings of Veeam Backup & Replication jobs to ensure that the jobs areproperly configured.

Parameters

Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report. Job Type: defines types of Veeam Backup & Replication jobs to include in the report ( All items, Backup,Replication , Backup Copy , SureBackup).

Job Name : defines Veeam Backup & Replication jobs to analyze in the report.

Options to Show : defines job configuration options to include in the report.

Page 179: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 179/410

179 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Latest Backup Job Status

This report evaluates the success status of recently performed backup, replication and backup copy jobs. The report shows whether they triggered any errors, warnings or completed successfully on thelast session.

B&R Job Status pie chart represents overall efficiency of VM protection operations by

displaying the total number of idle jobs and jobs whose last session completedsuccessfully/with warnings.

Top 10 Jobs by Duration table provides a summary of the top 10 jobs with the longestbackup duration. Each job session can be expanded to display the list of constituent VMs thathave been affected.

The Details section displays information on all jobs performed during the reporting period: jobduration and status, the number of processed VMs, the amount of transferred data. For failed jobs, thereport also shows error text.

Tip: Click a job name in the details table to drill down to the list of VMs included in the job.

Page 180: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 180/410

180 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case This report helps backup administrators keep an eye on the recent VM protection operations andidentify root causes of failed jobs.

Report Parameters

Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.Interval : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Page 181: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 181/410

Page 182: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 182/410

182 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Group by : defines whether data in the report output will be grouped by Type of protection or Backuptarget .

Protection type : defines a job type to include in the report (backup, replication or both).

Page 183: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 183/410

183 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Protected VMs

This report analyzes backup protection of VMs in your virtual environment.

A VM is considered to be Protected if there is at least one valid backup or replica restore point thatmeets the designated RPO for it. A VM is considered to be Unprotected if it has an outdated or missingbackup or replica restore points.

The report examines whether VMs have valid backup and replica restore points created within thespecified time range (RPO period), shows the total number of restore points available for eachprotected VM, and provides information on the completion status of recent backup and replication job sessions.

The report helps you identify which VMs in your environment function without proper protection andmake sure the existing backups and replicas meet established RPO requirements.

Page 184: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 184/410

184 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case When you set up your backup, replication and backup copy jobs based on VI containers (such asfolders, hosts or datastores) or employ complex exclusion parameters in job properties, some VMsmay turn out to be excluded from the containers and therefore will lack proper protection.

This report displays a list of VMs protected by up-to-date backups and replicas, as well as a list ofunprotected VMs which have outdated or missing backup or replicas. This information helps youvalidate the state of backup protection in your organization.

Report Based on To create the report, Veeam ONE Reporter retrieves and analyses data from the following sources:

Historical data on backup, backup copy job, and replication sessions for the specified RPOperiod (gathered from Veeam Backup & Replication servers)

List of VMs in virtual inventory (gathered from VMware vSphere, Microsoft Hyper-Vmanagement servers and vCloud Director)

Report Parameters Scope (VMware VM folders) : defines a list of VMware folders to include in the report (applies toVMware vSphere environments only). VM folders view is an alternate way to present the virtualinfrastructure. If VMs in your infrastructure are grouped into folders according to their profile, you canlimit the report scope by specifying the necessary folders only.

Scope (VI): defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

vCD object(s) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Page 185: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 185/410

185 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

RPO (Recovery Point Objective): defines the maximum amount of data that you may accept to lose,expressed in time. RPO defines the age of the latest backup or replica files required to resume normaloperation if system failure occurs. For example, to compile a list of VMs protected on a daily basis, youneed to set the RPO value to 1 day .

Exclusion mask : defines a list of VMs that should be excluded from the report scope. You can enterVM names explicitly or create a wildcard mask by using the asterisk (*) to replace any number of

characters. Multiple entries are separated by semicolon. Usage example: the following string willexclude machines with the _R&Dsuffix from appearing in the report: “ *_R&D”.

Job type : defines a job type that should be evaluated ( Backup jobs , Replication jobs , Backup Copy jobs or All items).

Include VM templates in this report : defines whether VM templates should be included in thereport.

Page 186: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 186/410

186 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Protected VMs Job Schedule

This report publishes the timetable for scheduled backup, replication and backup copy jobs.

The report analyzes all recurrent jobs in the selected scope and reveals advanced details:

Backup Schedule chart displays the total number of jobs running according to the specifiedschedules.

Protected VMs chart displays the total number of VMs protected by backup, replication andbackup copy jobs.

The details table shows VMs included in the jobs, scheduled run time and date, recurrenceintervals, weekly full backup schedule for backup jobs and the effective backup file retentionpolicy.

Use Case This report helps you ensure that applied data protection job schedules are configured in accordanceto the backup policies and allow you to meet the desired RPO requirements.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

vCD object(s) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Page 187: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 187/410

187 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Job Type : defines a job type that should be evaluated (backup, replication, backup copy job or all ofthe above).

Exclusion mask : defines a list of VMs that should be excluded from the report scope. You can enterVM names explicitly or create a wildcard mask by using the asterisk (*) to replace any number ofcharacters. Multiple entries are separated by semicolon. Usage example: the following string willexclude machines with the _R&Dsuffix from appearing in the report: “ *_R&D”.

Group by : defines whether data in the report output will be grouped by Location , Schedule or Job type.

Include VM templates in this report : defines whether VM templates should be included in thereport.

Page 188: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 188/410

188 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Replica Billing

This report helps you assess storage management costs for the backup infrastructure and tracks theconsumption of storage used for replication purposes. This information may then be used for financialanalysis.

The report estimates storage resources required to store replicas. The cost can be calculated based on

the price of 1 GB or TB of consumed storage space or on the price of a single VM replica. If there is adatastore or volume that is more expensive than other ones, an administrator can also specify theprice adjustment factor (or the multiplier) that characterizes the premium charged for access to thedatastore/volume.

The report provides details on every replication job included into the report scope — the, number ofreplicated VMs and total amount of gigabytes transferred to the storage — and estimates the totalcost of the VMs.

Use Case

This report allows managed storage providers (MSP) to automatically generate billing statements forcustomers and charge them for the used storage.

The report can help administrators to evaluate efficiency of the storage resources utilization.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a backup infrastructure subset to analyze in the report.

Replication Job : defines a list of replication jobs to include in the report.

Interval/Start Date – End Date : defines a time interval for which the billing statement is required.

Price : defines a storage price for accommodating 1 GB/TB of replica files or a price for a single VMreplica.

Page 189: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 189/410

Page 190: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 190/410

190 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Replica Billing (v9 only)

This report helps you assess storage management costs for the backup infrastructure and tracks theconsumption of storage used for replication purposes. This information may be then used for financialanalysis.

Note: The Replica Billing (v9 only) report is compatible with features of Veeam Backup & Replicationversion 9.

The report estimates storage resources required to store replicas. The cost can be calculated based onthe price of 1 GB or TB of consumed storage space or on the price of a single VM replica. If there is adatastore or volume that is more expensive than other ones, an administrator can also specify theprice adjustment factor (or the multiplier) that characterizes the premium charged for access to thedatastore/volume.

The report provides details on every replication job included into the report scope — the, number ofreplicated VMs and total amount of gigabytes transferred to the storage — and estimates the totalcost of the VMs.

Use Case This report allows managed storage providers (MSP) to automatically generate billing statements forcustomers and charge them for the used storage.

The report can help administrators to evaluate efficiency of the storage resources utilization.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a backup infrastructure subset to analyze in the report.

Replication Job : defines a list of replication jobs to include in the report.

Page 191: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 191/410

191 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Interval/Start Date – End Date : defines a time interval for which the billing statement is required.

Price : defines a storage price for accommodating 1 GB/TB of replica files or a price for a single VMreplica.

Datastores : defines a list of datastores and volumes that will be analyzed in the report.

Customer : defines customer name to be displayed in the report output.

Datastores...* : defines the price adjustment factor that characterizes the benefit (and the expense) ofusing the preferred datastore/volume storage capabilities. The resulting cost is calculated bymultiplying the basic rate by the multiplier.

*This parameter is located in the right pane of the report details page under the Billing Parameters section. Select the targetdatastore and supply the desired price adjustment multiplier.

Page 192: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 192/410

192 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Restore Operator Activity

This report allows you to keep an eye on all types of restore actions performed across the selectedVeeam Backup & Replication servers.

The report analyzes all guest file, application-level and full VM restore activities conducted by anyauthorized party and arranges this information by the type of performed restore action. Restore

details show the initiating user, name of the recovered item or VM, the intended restore destinationand the success status of the completed job.

Page 193: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 193/410

193 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case Since files can be restored from the Veeam Backup & Replication console, Veeam Backup EnterpriseManager and Veeam Self Service File Restore portals, using PowerShell scripts or through REST API, inlarge environments with multiple backup administrators it is often hard to track all performed restoreactions.

The report helps you track the initiator of each restore attempt, find out the most popular recoveryitems and establish historical trends.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Users : defines backup administrators and restore operators whose restore activity should beexamined.

Restore Type : defines a restore type that should be evaluated (full VM restore*, guest files restore,application-item restore or all of the above).

Interval/Start Date – End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

*This entry includes the following components: full VM restores, Instant VM Recovery, restore of virtual disks, VM files, ReplicaFailover.

Page 194: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 194/410

194 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Scale-out Backup Repository Configuration

The report provides configuration and resource utilization details for scale-out backup repositories inVeeam Backup & Replication.

The Summary section provides an overview of configured scale-out repositories, such as the totalnumber of the connected repositories, their capacity and utilization ratio, number of extents, their

types, and a policy used for each repository.Top N Utilized Scale-Out Repositories (GB) and Top N Utilized Extents (GB) charts show mostutilized scale-out repositories and their extents, total capacity used space.

The Details section provides information on each connected scale-out repository included into thereport:

Overview table shows the list of extents in the repository, their type, type of stored backupfiles and maximum number of concurrent tasks.

Dynamics of SOBR free space usage chart shows scale-out repository space usage dynamicsover the past month.

Details table provides information about extent capacity and free space in GB, size of full and

incremental backups, and the number of VMs stored on each extent.

Page 195: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 195/410

195 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report shows configuration and utilization data for scale-out backup repositories and theirextents.

Properties Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Top N : defines the maximum number of scale-out repositories to display in the report.

Page 196: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 196/410

196 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

SQL Backup Job Historical Information

This report tracks the progress of SQL backup jobs, and helps you ensure that critical databases areproperly protected and that transaction logs for these databases have been successfully backed up.

Jobs Overview section shows the number of configured SQL backup jobs, the total numberof VMs included in these jobs, and the total number of hosted databases.

Databases Overview section shows the number of databases that were backed up at leastonce during the last session (that is, Protected databases), number of databases that were notbacked up during the last session (that is, Unprotected databases), and databases excludedfrom processing.

SLA chart shows how many log backup intervals within the specified RPO period completedwith successful log shipment (in percentage).

Job Sessions by Status chart shows results of job sessions.

The details table provides additional information on the efficiency of executed jobs, number ofprotected, unprotected and excluded VMs, number of missed intervals, and actual difference betweenconfigured log backup interval and time actually required for log backup.

Note: Click a VM name in the details table to drill down to the detailed view of the backed up databaseinstances.

Use Case SQL server is a software component that is mission critical for a modern enterprise. The role ofdatabase management is constantly expanding, that is why you need to be sure that your SQL

databases are safely protected.

Page 197: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 197/410

197 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

The report allows you to track historical statistics for SQL backup jobs, ensure that the configured jobsallow you to meet the desired SLA requirements.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Backup Job : defines a list of SQL backup jobs to include in the report.

Interval : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Page 198: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 198/410

198 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

SureBackup Jobs Overview

This report validates the completion status of SureBackup jobs and displays the results of recoveryverification tests. The report helps you reveal the list of operational VMs that can be restored from theproduced backup or replicas.

The SureBackup Job Status and Verified VMs Status charts provide the following details:

The latest state of SureBackup job sessions.

The total number of VMs for which the latest SureBackup job session completed successfully,the total number of VMs for which the latest SureBackup job session completed withwarnings, total number of VMs for which the latest SureBackup job session failed and totalnumber of VMs for which SureBackup jobs have not been run at all.

The details table shows the results of completed SureBackup job sessions and provides the followingdetails: the name and status of the evaluated SureBackup job, the list of VMs included in the job, theapplication type of the verification model used to test each VM, the verification date and the datewhen backup or replica was created, the results of ping, heartbeat and script execution commandsexecuted to verify recoverability of created copies.

Use Case SureBackup is a unique Veeam technology that ensures that the VM being backed up or replicated issafely recoverable from the media. SureBackup allows you to validate backups and replicas of your

Page 199: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 199/410

199 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMs without impacting the production infrastructure. You can automatically verify every createdrestore point of every VM and ensure that they will function as expected in case a disaster strikes.

The report helps you discover issues that occur in operation of your backup infrastructure. It providesdetails on the state of SureBackup jobs so that you can reconfigure current job settings or includemission critical VMs in SureBackup jobs.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Job Type : defines a SureBackup job type that should be evaluated (backup, replication or both).

Page 200: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 200/410

Page 201: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 201/410

201 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report provides a summary of all backup to tape operations that took place on the managedbackup server. The report displays an inventory list of items archived to the tape media. This allowsyou to make sure that mission critical VMs have backups on tapes and are safely protected.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Page 202: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 202/410

202 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tape Exportation

The report provides inventory information on tapes exported from tape libraries connected to VeeamBackup & Replication servers.

Note: The Tape Exportation report is available for Veeam Backup & Replication v9 or higher.

Summary Information section shows the total number of exported tapes. The pie chartdisplays how many tapes were exported from connected libraries.

Details section contains a table for each tape library with a list of all exported tapes, their IDs,media sets and media pools, backup job and exportation time.

Page 203: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 203/410

203 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report allows you to trace tapes exported from tape libraries. You can use this report to find thenecessary backup files on tape.

Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Library : defines tape libraries to include in the report.

Tape Job : defines a list of tape jobs to analyze in the report.

Sort by : defines how data will be sorted in the report ( Exportation date or Job name ).

Page 204: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 204/410

204 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tape GFS Configuration

The report provides information about GFS Media Pools configuration and backup to tape jobs thatwrite restore points to the Media Pools.

GFS Media Pool section displays media pool configuration — how many tapes and tapelibraries are assigned to the pool, and the number of free tapes.

Media Pool Configuration table provides details on media sets, such as GFS retention periodfor every backup restore point, how many tapes are assigned to each media set, and wheretapes must be exported when a job is finished.

Job Writings to Media Pool section shows information about backup to tape jobs that writerestore points to media pools and their backup schedule. If a job closes restore point creationfrom a media set highlighted with green, tape with this media set will be exported.

Tip: Click a number of assigned tapes in the Media Pool Configuration table to drill down to the list oftapes added to specific media pools.

Use Case The report allows you to review configuration of media pools and GFS backup to tape jobs. You cantrace tapes assigned to each media set, when media sets must be exported and where the exportedtapes are stored.

Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Media Pool : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication GFS media pools to analyze in the report.

Page 205: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 205/410

205 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tape Media Retention Period

This report provides information on retention policy settings configured for tape media pools inVeeam Backup & Replication.

Tapes By Expiration Status chart displays the number of protected tapes, the number oftapes with no expiration date, the number of tapes without defined expiration date and the

number of tapes which can expire any time. Expired tapes status chart displays the share of online and offline expired tapes.

Expired Media , Protected Media , No expiration and Other Media tables provideinformation on tapes, media pools and media sets: tape state which shows whether the tapeis online, location of the tape, the last date and time when data was archived to the tape, thetotal capacity and amount of free space left on the tape, retention policy configured for themedia pool and the date when retention expires.

Use Case This report allows you to review retention policies applied to tapes and estimate available taperesources.

Page 206: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 206/410

206 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Tape Status : defines whether the status of tapes to include in the report ( Expired , Protected , Never toExpire, Other or All ).

Page 207: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 207/410

207 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tape Vaults Overview

This report provides information on tape vaults created in Veeam Backup & Replication, lists all tapesarchived in these vaults and previous tape location.

Tapes By Expiration Date chart shows how soon data in tape vaults will expire and howmany tapes will expire within the specified period.

Details table provides information on tape vaults created with Veeam Backup & Replication.For each vault, the table shows Veeam Backup & Replication server where the vault wascreated, and lists all stored offline tapes. You can also see previous location of each tape andlearn how soon media sets will expire.

Page 208: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 208/410

208 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a tape ID in the details table to drill down to the list of VMs archived to the tape.

Use Case This report allows you to track offline tapes stored in vaults that were created by Veeam Backup &Replication servers. Since vaults keep information about original location of tapes, such as library and

media pool, data written to tapes and retention policy, you can also use the information provided inthe report to facilitate offline tape management and track VMs stored on these tapes.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Vaults : defines a list of vaults to include in the report.

Page 209: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 209/410

209 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Unmapped Datastore LUNs

This report provides information about all detected shared datastores that are not mapped to anyexisting backup proxy. If you are going to use the Direct SAN Access mode, datastore LUNs must bemapped to a proxy server.

The Unmapped Datastores and Mapped Datastores sections display detailed datastore information,

such as capacity the amount of free and used space, and the number of stored VMs.

Use Case The Direct SAN Access mode is recommended if the ESX(i) host uses shared storage. In the Direct SANmode, proxy servers will not be able to read data from LUNs if they are not mapped. This report allowsyou to detect datastore LUNs that are not mapped to any proxy server in your backup infrastructure.

Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Page 210: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 210/410

210 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Veeam Backup Files Growth

This report allows you to track how the size of your backup files was changing during the selectedinterval and to identify jobs that consume too much storage space on repository.

The report provides a general overview of your backup infrastructure and displays information on thetotal capacity, free space left on repositories, number of backup jobs, available restore points and VMs

stored in the repositories. Top 10 Jobs by Largest Backup File Size table shows jobs that produce the largest backup

files.

Details section displays information on repository space usage. For each repository, thereport provides a chart that illustrates the amount of free space left on the repository, as wellas a details table that shows the job type (full or incremental), creation date, the restore pointfile size, the backup file size and the number of VMs included in the job.

Tip: Click a number of VMs in the details table to drill down to the list of VMs included in the job, size ofeach backup file and the status of the job.

Page 211: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 211/410

211 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case This report is useful for capacity planning purposes. The report allows you to assess historical growthof backup files and — in case backup files grow too fast — to decide whether to change jobconfiguration to point it to another repository with larger capacity.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of backup repositories to analyze in the report.

Backup Job : defines a list of backup jobs to include in the report.

Interval - Interval Type : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Page 212: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 212/410

212 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Veeam Backup Files Growth (v9 only)

This report allows you to track how the size of your backup files was changing during the selectedinterval and to identify jobs that consume too much storage space on repository.

Note: The Veeam Backup Files Growth (v9 only) report is compatible with features of Veeam Backup &Replication version 9.

The report provides a general overview of your backup infrastructure and displays information on thetotal capacity, free space left on repositories, number of backup jobs, available restore points and VMsstored in the repositories.

Top 10 Jobs by Largest Backup File Size table shows jobs that produce the largest backupfiles.

Details section displays information on repository space usage. For each repository, thereport provides a chart that illustrates the amount of free space left on the repository, as wellas a details table that shows the job type (full or incremental), creation date, the restore pointfile size, the backup file size and the number of VMs included in the job.

Page 213: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 213/410

213 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a number of VMs in the details table to drill down to the list of VMs included in the job, size ofeach backup file and the status of the job.

Use Case This report is useful for capacity planning purposes. The report allows you to assess historical growthof backup files and — in case backup files grow too fast — to decide whether to change jobconfiguration to point it to another repository with larger capacity.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of backup repositories to analyze in the report.

Backup Job : defines a list of backup jobs to include in the report.

Interval - Interval Type : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Page 214: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 214/410

214 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Verified VMs

This report provides information on SureBackup jobs performed by Veeam Backup & Replication anddisplays the summary of verified VMs.

The unique SureBackup technology allows virtualization administrators to validate the recoverabilityof created backups in an isolated test environment by examining their key viability indicators. This

ensures that your backups are fully reliable and minimizes the risk of data loss in case a VM fails. The report reveals how many protected VMs have been tested and verified with SureBackup, displaysthe status of SureBackup jobs completion and details the results of advanced tests aimed at VMverification (ping commands, scripts execution and heartbeat messages).

Use Case This report helps administrators to quickly review the results of completed SureBackup jobs andconfirm that the created backups are recoverable and error-free. This ensures that production VMs arereliably protected against failures and data corruption.

Page 215: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 215/410

Page 216: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 216/410

216 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VM Backup Compliance Overview

This report returns a list of VMs that do not meet the requirement to have a minimal number ofbackup copies available at any time.

The report displays a pie chart that shows the proportion of backup-compliant VMs to the rest of VMsacross the selected virtual infrastructure scope. The details table provides information on non-

compliant VMs properties, simplifying analysis and remediation of such VMs.

Use Case This report allows you to make sure that all mission critical VMs have sufficient amount of backupcopies in distinct locations within the organization, as requested by the 3-2-1 backup strategy. Thisinformation may help you modify job settings or dynamically adjust your backup file retentionpolicies.

To learn more about the 3-2-1 backup strategy, see the Veeam Blog article How to follow the 3-2-1backup rule with Veeam Backup & Replication .

Report Parameters Scope (VMware VM folders) : defines a list of VMware folders to include in the report (applies toVMware vSphere environments only). VM folders is an alternate way to present the virtualinfrastructure. If VMs in your infrastructure are grouped into folders according to their profile, you canlimit the report scope by specifying the necessary folders only.

Scope (VI): defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Scope (Business View object(s)) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The

parameter options are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Page 217: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 217/410

217 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Scope (vCD) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Required Number of Copies : defines the minimum number of backup copies/replicas a virtualmachine must have in order to meet the compliance requirements.

Exclusion mask : defines a list of VMs that should be excluded from the report scope. You can enterVM names explicitly or create a wildcard mask by using the asterisk (*) to replace any number ofcharacters. Multiple entries are separated by semicolon. Usage example: the following string willexclude machines with the _R&D suffix from appearing in the report: “ *_R&D”.

Page 218: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 218/410

Page 219: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 219/410

219 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Based on To create the report, Veeam ONE Reporter retrieves and analyses data from the following sources:

Historical data on restore points created during the specified reporting period (gathered fromVeeam Backup & Replication servers)

List of VMs in virtual inventory (gathered from Veeam Backup & Replication servers)

Report Parameters Scope (Backup) : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers and protected VI servers toinclude in the report.

Scope (VMware VM folders) : defines a list of VMware folders to include in the report (applies toVMware vSphere environments only). VM folders is an alternate way to present the virtualinfrastructure. If VMs in your infrastructure are grouped into folders according to their profile, you canlimit the report scope by choosing the necessary folders only.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval/Interval period : defines the time period to analyze in the report.Past N week(s) : defines the number of weeks in the past (starting from the current point) to analyze inthe report.

Group by : defines whether data in the report output will be grouped by Backup Job or Location .

Include VM templates in this report : defines whether VM templates should be included in thereport.

Page 220: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 220/410

220 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VM Change Rate History

This report allows you to track backup and replication jobs whose backup files and replica VMs growtoo fast and may quickly consume storage space on the target repository or target datastore.

VMs with Largest Change Rate (GB) and VMs with Least Change Rate (GB) charts displaysthe most and least active VMs in terms of the amount of data changes that occurred on their

virtual disks. Details table provides information on the list of VMs included in the backup and replication

jobs, the average and aggregate amount of data changes that took place during the specifiedreporting interval and the size of the current full backup file*.

Use Case To perform incremental backup, Veeam Backup & Replication needs to know which data blocks havechanged since the previous job run. For VMware VMs with hardware version 7 or later, Veeam Backup& Replication employs VMware vSphere Changed Block Tracking (CBT) — a native VMware featurethat backs up only the list of VM blocks that have changed since the last run of this particular job. Useof CBT reduces backup session duration, and increases the speed and efficiency of block-levelincremental backups.

Page 221: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 221/410

221 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

The report analyzes changes occurred on VM disks and estimates the amount of changed data. Thiscan help you decide whether to allocate more space on the target repository or datastore in case VMfiles grow too fast.

Report Parameters Scope (VI): defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Scope (VMware VM folders) : defines a list of VMware folders to include in the report (applies toVMware vSphere environments only). VM folders is an alternate way to present the virtualinfrastructure. If VMs in your infrastructure are grouped into folders according to their profile, you canlimit the report scope by specifying the necessary folders only.

vCD object(s) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Job type : defines a job type that should be evaluated (backup, replication or both).

Exclude jobs : defines a list of backup and replication jobs to exclude from the report.

*Note that no data will be available for synthetic or reversed backup, as well as for replicas.

Page 222: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 222/410

222 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VM Failover Plan Overview

This report analyzes failover plan configuration, provides information on the number of VMs includedin the failover plan and estimates the amount of data consumed by replica VMs on the targetdatastore.

Failover Plan by State and VMs per Failover Plan charts display statuses of existing failover

plans and the number of VMs comprised in each plan. Details table shows VMs included in the failover plans, consumed storage capacity, the

specified delay in a VM failover queue and the current plan condition.

Use Case

The report allows you to keep records of your failover plans for auditing purposes and compliancetests.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Failover Plans : defines a list of failover plans to include in the report.

Page 223: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 223/410

223 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMs Backed Up by Multiple Jobs

This report analyzes configuration of backup jobs to find VMs that are simultaneously included inseveral jobs. This helps you reduce backup windows and optimize backup infrastructure operation.

The VMs with Largest Avg. Transferred Data (GB) and VMs with Largest Processing Time(Minutes) charts show top 5 VMs with the largest amount of transferred backup data and the longest

time interval required to produce a VM backup.For each VM included in several jobs, the details table provides information on the list of backup jobsin which the VM is included, repository names, the average processing time, the number of restorepoints created for the VM, the size of backup files and the last time the jobs ran.

Use Case The reason why some VMs may appear to be backed up by several jobs at a time can be a lack ofcoordination between several backup operators or the capability to include logical containers (vApps,resource pools, folders) in backup jobs. Both issues can cause repositories to run out of free space dueto excessive duplicated backup files.

The report allows you to assess efficiency of the backup process and decide whether to reconfigureexisting backup jobs so that they utilize fewer resources and complete in narrower intervals. This

Page 224: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 224/410

224 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

report ensures that all critical VMs are reliably protected while no redundant jobs exist across thebackup environment.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of Veeam Backup & Replication servers to include in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Job Type : defines a job type that should be evaluated (backup, replication or both).

Exclusion Job List : defines a list of backup and replication jobs to exclude from the report.

Page 225: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 225/410

225 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMs with no Archive Copy

The main backup purpose is to protect your data against disasters and VM failures. Having only onecopy of a backup file does not provide the necessary level of safety. To build a successful dataprotection and disaster recovery plan, you must have at least three copies of your data, for example,production data, backup and its copy, and two different types of media to store copies of your data,for example, disk storage and tape.

To learn more about the 3-2-1 backup strategy, see the Veeam Blog article How to follow the 3-2-1backup rule with Veeam Backup & Replication .

This report analyzes your backup infrastructure to find VMs that do not have backup copies archivedto tapes.

The VMs by Archive Status and VMs per Backup Location charts display the number of VMs with 1or 2 archived copies and the repositories where backups are stored.

The details table shows properties of each protected VMs and provides details on the location of aprimary and secondary VM copy, availability of tape backups for the listed VMs and the date of themost recent VM backup.

Page 226: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 226/410

226 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case This report helps backup administrators check whether mission critical VMs are protected with backupcopies stored on secondary backup repositories and on tape.

Report Parameters

Scope (VMware VM folders) : defines a list of VMware folders to include in the report (applies toVMware vSphere environments only). VM folders is an alternate way to present the virtualinfrastructure. If VMs in your infrastructure are grouped into folders according to their profile, you canlimit the report scope by specifying the necessary folders only.

Scope (VI): defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Scope (Business View object(s)) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. Theparameter options are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Scope (vCD) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Exclusion mask : defines a list of VMs that should be excluded from the report scope. You can enterVM names explicitly or create a wildcard mask by using the asterisk (*) to replace any number ofcharacters. Multiple entries are separated by semicolon. Usage example: the following string willexclude machines with the _R&D suffix from appearing in the report: “ *_R&D”.

Interval : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Page 227: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 227/410

227 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Overview Report Pack This report pack provides general configuration overview for vCenter Servers, datastores, clusters,hosts and VMs.

Number of reports : 11

Current version : 3

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : No

Reports included :

Cluster Configuration

Datastore Capacity

Datastore Configuration

Datastore Space Usage History

Guest Disk Free Space

Guest Disk Space Usage

Host Configuration

Hypervisor Version

Infrastructure Overview

VMs Configuration

VMs Growth

Page 228: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 228/410

228 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Cluster Configuration

This report documents the current configuration of clusters in your infrastructure.

The report provides an overview of cluster resources in terms of memory, CPU and storage utilization. The report also shows additional information on statuses of HA (High Availability) and DRS(Distributed Resource Scheduler) features for each cluster.

Use Case

The report allows you to keep an eye on the state of hardware resources provisioned to your clusters,and to verify configuration settings applied to these clusters. This may help you balance workloadsand right-size the environment to attain higher performance.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Cluster” type.

Page 229: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 229/410

229 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Datastore Capacity

This report helps administrators evaluate available datastore capacities across the infrastructure.

The report shows charts that display information on the amount of used and free space on datastores,virtual disks and logical disks.

Page 230: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 230/410

230 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Page 231: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 231/410

231 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click the Details link at the bottom of the Storage Overview chart to drill down to the full list ofdatastores in your infrastructure, total storage capacity, the amount of free and used space, and thenumber of VMs that store data on these datastores.

Click the Details link at the bottom of the Virtual Disks Capacity chart to drill down to the full listof VMs in your infrastructure, total virtual disk size, snapshot size, and the power state of these VMs.

Click the Details link at the bottom of the Logical Disks chart to drill down to the full list of VMs inyour infrastructure, total logical disk capacity, the amount of free and used space, and the power

state of these VMs.

Use Case The report helps you monitor storage capacities to ensure your VMs have sufficient room to operate.

Report Parameters Session : defines a data collection session in Veeam ONE Reporter — a point in time to use as a basis togenerate the report.

Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Storage” type.

Num. of items : defines the number of top datastores, virtual and logical disks that will be displayed inthe report charts.

Page 232: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 232/410

232 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Datastore Configuration

This report documents the current configuration of datastores in your infrastructure.

The report provides information on total capacity, used, free and provisioned space, and calculatesspace utilization trend for each datastore. The report also includes the Top 3 VMs section that showsVMs that consume more storage space than other VMs.

Page 233: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 233/410

233 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a hyperlink in the Free Space Usage Trend column of the Summary Information table to drilldown to daily information on total capacity, the amount of used and provisioned space, and thenumber of VMs that store data on the datastore.

Use Case

The report helps you monitor storage capacities to ensure your VMs have sufficient room to operate.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Storage” type.

Session : defines a data collection session in Veeam ONE Reporter — a point in time to use as a basis togenerate the report.

Page 234: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 234/410

234 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Datastore Space Usage History

This report analyzes the amount of space consumed by files of VMs on datastores and helpsadministrators evaluate available datastore resources in the infrastructure.

The Most growing datastores and Least growing datastores charts display top 5 datastores withthe largest and the smallest amount of used space. The details table shows datastore space usage

statistics and the total number of VMs that store data on the datastores.

Page 235: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 235/410

235 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a datastore name in the Details table to drill down to the Datastore Usage History chart thatshows how the amount of free, used and provisioned space has been changing during the reportingperiod.

Use Case The report helps you monitor storage capacities to ensure your VMs have sufficient room to operate.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Storage” virtual infrastructure components type.

Page 236: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 236/410

236 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Interval/Period Start - Period End : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise,the report will contain no data.

Group By : defines how data will be grouped in the report output (by vCenter Server or Datacenter ).

Page 237: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 237/410

237 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Guest Disk Free Space

The report provides information on the amount of free space for VM guest OS.

The report analyzes VM guest disks and displays their capacity, the amount of guest disk free space,shows disk space usage trends, and predicts how many days are left for a disk to reach the specifiedthreshold.

Summary section provides an overview of the analyzed VMs guest disks, displays a list of VMsthat will run out of disk resources sooner than other VMs, and contains two charts displayingguest disk partition growth trends.

If a value in the Days to reach 90% and Days to reach 100% columns of the Disks to reachthe threshold first is highlighted with red, a disk will reach the specified threshold in lessthan 180 days (6 months).

Guest Disk Free Space (GB ) section displays a list of all VMs included into the report andtheir guest disks. The table details disk capacity, the amount of free space, trends for diskspace usage growth, daily disk growth, and shows how many days are left until a disk reachesthe specified threshold.

Top 10 partition by Relative space growth chart shows 10 guest disks that used morespace over the reporting period in relative terms.

Top 10 partition by Absolute space growth chart shows 10 guest disks that used morespace over the reporting period in absolute terms.

Page 238: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 238/410

238 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Page 239: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 239/410

239 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a VM in the Virtual machine column of the Guest Disk Free Space (GB) table to drill down toVM guest disk space usage details.

The VM Guest Disks Space Usage drill-down section comprises a chart and a table that allow you toexamine disk space usage in detail.

The chart visualizes disks space usage for each day of the reporting period.

The table provides disk space capacity and usage details.

Note that some values in the table may be highlighted with red to emphasize important information.

Values in the Disk's used space change (%) column are highlighted with red if the disk usedspace growth within the reporting period exceeds 10%.

Guest disk free space (GB) values are highlighted with red if the amount of disk free space isless than 5 GB.

If less than 180 days are left until a disk reaches the specified usage threshold, values in theDays to reach 100% column will be highlighted with red.

Use Case The report allows you to examine VM guest disk utilization and track disk usage growth. This helpsyou plan resource allocation and ensure your VMs have enough disk resources for stable operation.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval - Interval Type : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Disk size more than : defines a minimum capacity threshold for a disk to analyze in the report. If diskcapacity is less than the specified value, the report will not analyze this disk.

Free space less than : defines the maximum amount of free space for a disk to analyze in the report. Ifthe amount of free space on a disk is more than the specified value, the report will not analyze thisdisk.

Sort By : defines how data will be sorted in the report ( Relative Growth / Absolute Growth ).

Do not show guest disks excluded in Monitor Client* : defines whether guest disks excluded inVeeam One Monitor to analyze in the report.

*You can skip certain VM guest disks from monitoring in Veeam ONE Monitor. To lean more, see Virtual Machine Summary section of the Veeam ONE Monitor User Guide for VMware .

Page 240: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 240/410

240 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Guest Disk Space Usage

This report analyzes health and capacity of guest disks, and helps you identify VMs with performanceissues.

For each VM, the report provides a list of guest disks, shows disk capacity and free space left, andevaluates disk health using the specified free space thresholds. The overall health state of a VM is

presented as the worst health state of its guest disks.

Use Case

The report helps you monitor guest disk capacities to ensure your VMs have sufficient resources tooperate.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Free space error threshold : defines the threshold for the minimum amount of free space left on theguest disk to trigger the Error alarm.

Free space warning threshold : defines the threshold for the minimum amount of free space left on

the guest disk to trigger the Warning alarm.

Page 241: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 241/410

241 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Guest disk filter : defines whether the report will display a list of guest disks with the Error healthstate, with both Warning and Error health states, or with Warning , Error and Healthy states all together.

Do not show guest disks excluded in Monitor Client* : defines whether guest disks excluded inVeeam One Monitor should analyze in the report.

*You can skip certain VM guest disks from monitoring in Veeam ONE Monitor Client. To lean more, see Virtual Machine Summary section of the Veeam ONE Monitor User Guide .

Page 242: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 242/410

242 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Host Configuration

This report documents the current configuration of hosts in your infrastructure.

The report provides general information on host systems in the environment, displays statistics onmemory, CPU and storage utilization, and shows network configuration for each host.

Use Case The report allows you to identify configuration issues, optimize resource provisioning and betterhandle current and future workloads.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Host” type.

Session : defines a data collection session in Veeam ONE Reporter — a point in time to use as a basis togenerate the report.

Page 243: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 243/410

243 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hypervisor Version

This report provides information on hypervisor versions used in your infrastructure.

The report shows the hypervisor version with the build number and the number of hosts on which thehypervisor runs.

Use Case To improve host performance, enhance compatibility and enable additional features across theenvironment, VMware recommends that you upgrade to the latest hypervisor version.

The report allows you to keep an eye on hypervisor versions installed on your hosts.

Report Parameters Session : defines a data collection session in Veeam ONE Reporter — a point in time to use as a basis togenerate the report.

Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Page 244: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 244/410

244 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Infrastructure Overview

Native tools that are a part of the VMware vSphere virtualization platform do not provide completeinfrastructure visibility. This report reveals the necessary VMware inventory configuration specifics andallows you to evaluate the current state of your virtual environment.

The report shows configuration properties of virtual servers, clusters, datastores, host systems and

networks. The report also includes charts that display percentage distribution of VM power states,Guest Tools statuses and Business View groups across the infrastructure.

Tip: Click a vCenter Server name in the vCenter Servers table to drill down to details on hypervisorversion installed on the server and the l ist of hosts that run on the server.

Click the Details link below the Power State chart to drill down to the full list of VMs and theirpower states.

Click the Details link below the Tools Status chart to drill down to the full list of VMs and statusesof Guest Tools running on these VMs.

Click the Details link below the BV Chart to drill down to the full list of Business View categoriesand VMs that belong to these categories.

Page 245: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 245/410

245 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report helps administrators track the state of monitored virtual infrastructure.

Report Parameters Choose VM category to include it to the report : defines a Business View group that includes VMs to

analyze in the report.

Page 246: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 246/410

246 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMs Configuration

This report documents the current configuration of VMs in your infrastructure.

The report provides information on memory, vCPU and storage allocation, power state, and guest diskusage for each VM. The report also includes charts that display percentage distribution of VM powerstates, Guest Tools statuses and guest OS kinds installed on your VMs.

Tip: Click the Details link below the Guest OS Distribution chart to drill down to the full list of guest OSkinds present in the infrastructure and the list of VMs on which these guest operating systems areinstalled.

Click the Details link below the Tools Status chart to drill down to the full list of VMs and statusesof Guest Tools running on these VMs. Click the Details link below the VM State Summary to drill down to the full list of VMs and their

power states.

Use Case The report helps administrators assess configuration properties of VMs in the monitored virtualinfrastructure.

Page 247: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 247/410

247 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Page 248: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 248/410

248 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMs Growth

This report tracks how the number of VMs in your virtual environment has been changing during thereporting period.

The report analyzes the amount of allocated resources, displays changes in the number of VMs, andshows how these changes influenced resource provisioning in the infrastructure.

For each added/removed VM, the report provides information on the location of the VM, itsconfiguration properties, the date and time when the VM was added/removed, and displays the nameof the user who initiated the change.

Use Case This report allows you to control virtual machine sprawl and to optimize resource utilization in yourinfrastructure.

Page 249: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 249/410

249 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval - Interval Type/Start Date – End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note

that the reporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope.Otherwise, the report will contain no data.

Page 250: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 250/410

250 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Monitoring Report Pack This report pack displays performance statistics for clusters, hosts, resource pools, vApps and VMs.Additionally, it tracks VM uptime, provides an overview of triggered alarms and helps you performhealth assessment of your Infrastructure to increase its efficiency.

Number of reports : 11

Current version : 4

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : No

Reports included :

Alarms Current State Overview

Alarms Overview

Cluster Hosts Performance

Cluster Performance

Datastore Performance

Host Performance

Host Uptime

Multiple Clusters Performance

Resource Pool and vApp Performance

VM Performance

VM Uptime

Page 251: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 251/410

Page 252: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 252/410

252 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Alarms Overview

Veeam ONE generates multiple alarms to inform you about important events in your environment. This report allows administrators to quickly review the health state of the environment and to trackhow the number of alarms has been changing during the reporting period.

The report analyzes alerting activity across a time range, provides information on virtual infrastructure

objects that caused the greatest number of alerts, and displays top 10 most frequently occurredissues.

Page 253: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 253/410

253 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a number in the Alarms column of the Detailed Information table to drill down to details foralarms raised for the infrastructure object.

Use Case The report provides an overview of the current health state of your virtual environment, shows the listof the most common alarms and identifies the most affected virtual infrastructure objects.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report.

Interval - Interval Type/Start Date – End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Notethat the reporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope.Otherwise, the report will contain no data.

Group By : defines how data will be grouped in the report output (by Issue type or Object type ).

Alarm Type : defines a list of virtual infrastructure object types to analyze in the report.

Alarms List : defines a list of alarms to analyze in the report.

Page 254: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 254/410

254 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Cluster Hosts Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for all hosts in selectedclusters across a time range. The report features a predefined list of performance counters and allowsyou to report on memory, CPU, disk and network usage.

The report shows performance charts with resource usage statistics for hosts in each cluster included

in the report scope, rates the hosts by the resource usage level, and analyzes the resource usage trendfor each host.

Page 255: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 255/410

255 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a host name in the Summary or in a resource usage table to drill down to performance chartswith statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the host.

The report will show a list of top resource consuming VMs. Click a VM name in the list to drill down toperformance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case The report provides an overview of hardware resource consumption across your hosts. Thisinformation may help you identify hosts with performance issues, balance workloads, right-sizeresource provisioning, redefine DRS settings and optimize cluster overall performance.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date – End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise,the report will contain no data.

Counters : defines a list of performance counters to analyze in the report.Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 256: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 256/410

256 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Cluster Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected cluster across atime range.

The report shows tables and performance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and networkusage for the cluster, lists top resource consuming hosts and calculates resource usage trends for

them.

Page 257: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 257/410

257 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a host name in the Summary table or in the list of top resource consuming hosts to drill downto performance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the host.

The report will show a list of top resource consuming VMs. Click a VM name in the list to drill down toperformance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case The report provides an overview of hardware resource consumption for the selected cluster. Thisinformation may help you identify clusters with performance issues, balance workloads, right-sizeresource provisioning, redefine DRS settings and optimize cluster overall performance.

Report Parameters Object : defines the cluster to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected cluster. Otherwise,the report will contain no data.

Top N : defines the maximum number of hosts and VMs to display in the report output.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 258: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 258/410

258 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Datastore Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected datastore acrossa time range.

The report shows tables and performance charts with statistics on read/write rates, read/write latency,IOPS and errors for the datastore. The report also lists top 3 resource consuming VMs and calculates

resource usage trends for them.

Page 259: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 259/410

259 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a VM name in the list of top 3 resource consuming VMs to drill down to performance charts withstatistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case The report helps you assess current load on your datastores and identify performance issues, such asexcessive bus resets or high command aborts rates.

Report Parameters Object : defines the datastore to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected datastore.Otherwise, the report will contain no data.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 260: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 260/410

260 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Host Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected host across atime range.

The report shows tables and performance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and networkusage for the host. The report also lists top resource consuming VMs and calculates resource usage

trends for them.

Page 261: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 261/410

261 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a cluster name in the Navigation table to drill down to performance charts with statistics onCPU, memory, disk and network usage for the cluster.

Click a VM name in the list of top resource consuming VMs to drill down to performance charts withstatistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case The report provides an overview of hardware resource consumption for the selected host. Thisinformation may help you identify hosts with performance issues, balance workloads, right-sizeresource provisioning and assure high availability/failover protection for VMs across the growingvirtual environment.

Report Parameters Object : defines the host to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected host. Otherwise, thereport will contain no data.

Top N : defines the maximum number of VMs to display in the report output.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 262: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 262/410

262 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Host Uptime

This report analyzes host uptime statistics to track host availability.

Top Uptime and Lowest Uptime charts display top 5 hosts in terms of the highest and thelowest uptime values.

Host Uptime table provides the list of hosts whose uptime values are lower and greater thanthe specified thresholds. Regardless of the report configuration, values in the Sum of Uptime(%) column will be highlighted with green (uptime 90%-100%), orange (uptime 80%-90%) orred (uptime 80%>).

Tip: Click a host in the Host column of the Host Uptime table to drill down to details for triggered alarmsand host restarts.

Use Case This report helps you discover the most and the least utilized hosts in the environment to restore theirefficiency and improve target ROI.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Host” type.

Page 263: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 263/410

263 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise,the report will contain no data.

Uptime, greater than : defines the desired minimum uptime value.

Uptime, lower than : defines the desired maximum uptime value.

Group by : defines how data will be grouped in the report output (by Uptime, Datacenter or Cluster ).

Page 264: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 264/410

264 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Multiple Clusters Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for selected clusters across atime range. The report features a predefined list of performance counters and allows you to report onmemory, CPU, disk and network usage.

The report shows tables and performance charts with resource usage statistics for each cluster

included in the report scope, lists top resource consuming hosts and VMs, and calculates resourceusage trends for them.

Page 265: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 265/410

265 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a cluster name in the Summary table to drill down to performance charts with statistics onCPU, memory, disk and network usage for the cluster.

Click a host name in the list of top resource consuming hosts to drill down to performance chartswith statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the host.

Click a VM name in the list of top resource consuming VMs to drill down to performance charts withstatistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case The report provides an overview of hardware resource consumption across your clusters. This

information may help you identify clusters with performance issues, balance workloads, right-sizeresource provisioning, redefine DRS settings and optimize cluster overall performance.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise,the report will contain no data.

Top N: defines the maximum number of hosts and VMs to display in the report output.

Counters : defines a list of performance counters to analyze in the report.

Page 266: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 266/410

266 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 267: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 267/410

267 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Resource Pool and vApp Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected resourcepool/vApp across a time range.

The report shows tables and performance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and networkusage for the resource pool/vApp. The report also lists top resource consuming VMs and calculates

resource usage trends for them.

Page 268: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 268/410

268 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a cluster name in the Navigation table to drill down to performance charts with statistics onCPU, memory, disk and network usage for the cluster.

Click a VM name in the list of top resource consuming VMs to drill down to performance charts withstatistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case The report helps you identify resource pools and vApps with performance issues, evaluate how

efficiently your resource pools and vApps are performing, and decide whether additional right-sizingor reconfiguration actions are necessary.

Report Parameters Object : defines the resource pool or vApp to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected resource pool/vApp.Otherwise, the report will contain no data.

Top N : defines the maximum number of VMs to display in the report output.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 269: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 269/410

269 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VM Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected VM across a timerange.

The report shows tables and performance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and networkusage for the VM and calculates resource usage trend for it.

Tip: Click a cluster/host/resource pool name in the Navigation table to drill down to performance chartswith statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage.

Use Case

The report allows you to verify that you have provided enough resources to the virtual machine.Report Parameters Object : defines the VM to analyze in the report.

Interval/Star Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected VM. Otherwise, thereport will contain no data.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 270: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 270/410

270 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VM Uptime

This report analyzes VM uptime statistics to track VM availability.

Top Uptime and Lowest Uptime charts display top 5 VMs in terms of the highest and thelowest uptime values.

Virtual Machine Uptime table provides the full list of VMs whose uptime values are lowerand greater than the specified thresholds.

Tip: Click a VM name in the in the Virtual Machine Uptime table to drill down to detailed information ontriggered alarms and virtual machine restart events over a specified reporting period.

Page 271: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 271/410

271 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case Uptime is a measure of time a VM has been up and actively running on a host. When a VM is notoperating, storage space allocated to it is not being used productively. Used this report to trackuptime of virtualized workloads.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise,the report will contain no data.

Uptime, greater than : defines the desired minimum uptime value.

Uptime, lower than : defines the desired maximum uptime value.

Group by : defines how data will be grouped in the report output (by Uptime, Datacenter , Cluster or

Host ).

Page 272: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 272/410

272 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Optimization Report Pack This report pack allows you to evaluate the efficiency of resource usage and to optimize VM resourceprovisioning. This will help you achieve a better output and increase ROI for your virtual environment.

Number of reports : 9

Current version : 3

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : No

Reports included :

Active Snapshots

Garbage Files

Idle Templates

Idle VMs

Inefficient Datastore Usage

Orphaned VM Snapshots

Oversized VMs

Powered Off VMs

Undersized VMs

Page 273: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 273/410

273 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Active Snapshots

This report aggregates historical data and shows snapshot age and size statistics for selected virtualmachines across a time range.

The Top Snapshot Size (GB) and Top Snapshot Age (Weeks) charts display top 5 VMs with theoldest and the largest snapshots in the virtual environment.

The details table provides the full list of VMs with snapshots and rates the VMs by snapshot size. Foreach VM, the report shows the date when the snapshot was created, snapshot directory, name of theserver on which the VM runs and state of the VM.

Page 274: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 274/410

274 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case Outdated snapshots consume valuable storage resources. That is why best practices for snapshotsrecommend that you delete snapshots older than 3 days, since they no longer reflect recent VMchanges.

The report helps you detect outdated snapshots and better address the problem of storage capacitywaste.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

vCD object(s) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Age older than - Age measured in : defines snapshot age threshold. If a VM snapshot is older than thespecified age, the VM will be included in the report.

Do not report on VMs created by Veeam replication jobs : defines whether to include VM replicascreated by Veeam Backup & Replication in the report*.

*Starting with version 6, Veeam Backup & Replication uses VM snapshots as replica restore points. Such snapshot restore pointsmay be large in size and remain on the datastore for a long period of time. If you have VM replicas created with Veeam Backup &Replication, select this check box to exclude VM replicas with snapshot restore points from the report.

Page 275: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 275/410

275 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Garbage Files

This report shows an overview of storage consumed by files that do not belong to VMs comprised inthe infrastructure inventory.

The Summary chart displays total amount of free space, amount of space consumed by non-garbagefiles and amount of space consumed by garbage files on datastores from the selected scope (in

percentage). The details table shows the full list of datastores with folders that contain garbage files.

Tip: Click a folder name in the details table to drill down to the list of garbage files contained in the folder.

Use Case If a VM was improperly deleted or relocated, or if a snapshot operation failed, some residual elementsbelonging to the VM may remain on the datastore.

This report allows you to check your infrastructure for garbage files that waste storage space andimpact ROI.

Page 276: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 276/410

276 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Storage” type.

Note: You can exclude specific datastores from this report. This can be useful when you are not interestedin examining particular datastores for garbage files (for example, local datastores, datastores hostingISO files or backups). In this case, you can exclude unnecessary datastores from the collection scope.For more information, see the Excluding Datastores from Reporting section of Veeam ONE MonitorUser Guide .

Page 277: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 277/410

277 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Idle Templates

Templates are preconfigured images of your VMs that help you to easily deploy multiple copies of themodel VMs across the infrastructure.

This report provides information on VM templates that have not been used for the specified period.For each inactive template, the report shows its location, size and the last time the template was used.

Use Case VM templates consume valuable storage resources. Use this report to review the list of your templates

and identify templates that can be deleted or moved to less costly datastores to reclaim additionalstorage space.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Inactive Interval - Interval Type : defines the amount of time that the template has to be inactive tobe included in the report.

Note: You can exclude specific datastores from this report. This can be useful when you are not interestedin examining particular datastores for garbage files (for example, local datastores, datastores hostingISO files or backups). In this case, you can exclude unnecessary datastores from the collection scope.For more information, see the Excluding Datastores from Reporting section of Veeam ONE MonitorUser Guide .

Page 278: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 278/410

278 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Idle VMs

Idle VMs are virtual machines that remain running even though they are no longer used, for examplethe project or POC is complete — but the VMs were never decommissioned. These Idle (aka 'Zombie')VMs consume CPU, memory and storage resources that could be used by other active machines.

This report shows a list of idle VMs in terms of CPU, memory, disk and network utilization.

Page 279: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 279/410

279 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case Idle VMs waste valuable storage resources. Use this report to review performance of your VMs andidentify VMs that can be shut down or reconfigured to reclaim additional storage resources.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

vCD object(s) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the reporting period must includeat least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise, the report will contain no data.

CPU usage, less than : defines CPU usage threshold. If the maximum CPU usage for a VM is below thethreshold during certain number of days (defined by Time in the selected state ), the VM will beconsidered “ Idle”.

Memory usage, less than : defines memory usage threshold. If the maximum memory usage for a VMis below the threshold during certain number of days (defined by Time in the selected state ), the VMwill be considered “ Idle”.

Disk usage, less than : defines disk usage threshold. If the maximum disk usage for a VM is below thethreshold during certain number of days (defined by Time in the selected state ), the VM will beconsidered to be “ Idle”.

Network usage, less than : defines network usage threshold. If the maximum network usage for a VMis below the threshold during certain number of days (defined by Time in the selected state ), the VMwill be considered to be “ Idle”.

Time in the selected state : defines the percentage of days in the reporting period when themaximum resource usage (CPU, Memory, Disk and Network) of the VM was below the selectedthresholds.

Note: Veeam ONE Reporter checks whether the CPU usage , Memory usage , Disk usage and Network

usage conditions are true at the same time (in other words, the conditions are joined by “AND”).

Page 280: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 280/410

280 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Inefficient Datastore Usage

This report provides an overview of storage devices that accommodate inactive virtual machines.

The Storage Consumed by Inactive VMs (GB) chart displays the amount of storage space consumedby VMs that have been inactive for one month, six months and one week. For each period, the detailstable shows the full list of inactive VMs and rates the VMs by the amount of consumed storage.

Use Case Inactive VMs consume valuable storage space. Use this report to review performance of your VMs andidentify VMs that can be deleted or relocated to less costly datastores to reclaim additional storagespace.

Page 281: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 281/410

281 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Session : defines a data collection session in Veeam ONE Reporter — a point in time to use as a basis togenerate the report.

Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

vCD object(s) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Page 282: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 282/410

282 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Orphaned VM Snapshots

This report detects VM snapshots that reside on datastores but do not show up in the VMwareSnapshot Manager.

The Storage Space Usage (GB) chart displays the total amount of free space, amount of spaceconsumed by files other than orphaned snapshots and amount of space consumed by orphaned

snapshots on datastores from the selected scope. The details table provides the full list of datastores with folders that contain orphaned snapshots. Thered color bar in the Snapshot: File name column shows how much datastore space is used by eachfolder with orphaned snapshots.

Page 283: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 283/410

283 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case Orphaned snapshots consume valuable storage resources. Use this report to discover locations ofuseless snapshots that can be deleted to reclaim additional storage space.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Datastores : defines datastores to analyze for the presence of orphaned snapshots.

Page 284: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 284/410

284 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Oversized VMs

This report helps you to detect VMs that have more allocated vRAM or vCPU resources than theyrequire.

The report analyzes historical performance and configured resource allocation to providerecommendations for an optimized VM configuration and allocation of resources.

Tip: Click a VM name in the details table to drill down to VM performance charts that show how CPU andmemory usage has been changing during the reporting period.

Use Case This report helps you discover VMs with excessive hardware provisioning. You may considerdecreasing hardware provisioning for the VM in vSphere configuration options, relocating the VM toless powerful hosts, or adding more VMs to a shared resource pool to optimize resource allocation andreclaim wasted resources.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

vCD object(s) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Page 285: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 285/410

285 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Interval - Interval Type : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the reportingperiod must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise, the reportwill contain no data.

Memory counter : defines whether the Memory Active or Memory Consumed performance metricshould be analyzed in the report.

Top N : defines the maximum number of VMs to display in the report output.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 286: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 286/410

286 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Powered Off VMs

This report shows a list of VMs that were remaining in the powered off state during the specifiedperiod.

For each powered off VM, the report shows its location, size and the datastore where the VM files arestored.

Use Case Powered off VMs do not consume CPU, memory or network resources, but they take up storage spacerequired to accommodate their disk files, snapshots and configuration data.

The report helps you detect VMs that can be relocated to less costly datastores and identify neglectedVMs that can be decommissioned.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

vCD object(s) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval - Interval Type : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the reportingperiod must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise, the reportwill contain no data.

Power Off Percent : defines the amount of time when the VM was powered off against the amount oftime in the reporting period (in percentage).

Page 287: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 287/410

287 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Undersized VMs

This report helps you detect virtual machines that have less allocated vRAM or vCPU resources thanthey require.

The report analyzes historical performance and configured resource allocation to providerecommendations for an optimized VM configuration and allocation of resources.

Tip: Click a VM name in the details table to drill down to VM performance charts that show how CPU andmemory usage has been changing during the reporting period.

Page 288: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 288/410

288 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case This report provides practical recommendations for restoring performance of VMs that have lessresources than they need. You may consider adding the specified amount of resources for the VM,relocating the VM to a more powerful host, or committing increased resources to a resource poolshared by the undersized VM.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

vCD object(s) : defines Virtual Cloud Director components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval - Interval Type : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the reportingperiod must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise, the reportwill contain no data.

CPU ready, more than : defines the threshold for the percentage of time during which CPU resourceswere in the ready state. If the CPU Ready Time value for a VM exceeds the specified threshold, the VMwill be included in the report.

Swap out rate, more than : defines the threshold for the percentage of the time which a VM spentwaiting for memory to be swapped back in from disk. If the Swap Wait Time value for a VM exceedsthe specified threshold, the VM will be included in the report.

CPU Usage : defines the CPU utilization threshold. If the CPU usage value for a VM exceeds thespecified threshold, the VM will be included in the report.

Memory Usage : defines the memory utilization threshold. If the memory usage value for a VMexceeds the specified threshold, the VM will be included in the report.

Memory Counter : defines whether the Memory Active or Memory Consumed performance metricshould be analyzed in the report.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Note: Veeam ONE Reporter checks whether the CPU ready and Swap out rate conditions are true at thesame, and then whether CPU Usage and Memory Usage conditions are true at the same time (inother words, the conditions in each pair are joined by Boolean “AND”).

Then Veeam ONE Reporter checks whether a pair of these conditions is true, in other words, pairs ofthese conditions are joined by Boolean “OR”.

Page 289: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 289/410

289 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Capacity Planning Report Pack This report pack is designed to forecast when the available virtual infrastructure resources will reachtheir minimum levels. The pack provides recommendations on resource allocation and load balancingto optimize performance and resource utilization in your environment and to avoid possibleperformance bottlenecks.

With this report pack, you can keep an eye on available storage capacities and be prepared to aplanned or accidental host outage across a failover cluster. The pack will also help you estimate howmany new VMs can be placed on a target host without affecting its performance.

Number of reports : 5

Current version : 1

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : No

Reports included :

Capacity Planning

Capacity Planning (with no graphics)

Host Failure Modelling

How Many More VMs Can Be Provisioned

Over-provisioned Datastores

Page 290: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 290/410

290 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Capacity Planning

This report forecasts how many days remain before the level of resource utilization reaches thespecified threshold values. The report allows you to analyze the following resource utilizationparameters: CPU, memory, datastore free space, read and write rates.

The Summary section provides an overview of the current state of your infrastructure (the total

number of hosts, datastores and VMs), displays 5 clusters and standalone hosts that will run out ofCPU and memory resources sooner than other clusters and hosts, and shows recommendations onresource allocation.

In the Details section, for each host included in the report scope, the report displays host hardwareconfiguration and resource usage, analyzes historical performance data for the specified period in thepast to calculate the performance utilization trend, and provides recommendations on how to keepthe resource utilization below the specified thresholds.

Page 291: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 291/410

291 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case

The report provides recommendations on appropriate resource allocation to help you rationally planyour resources and prevent possible resource shortfalls.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Datastores : defines a list of datastores to analyze in the report.

Analyze performance data for : defines a time period in the past for which historical performancedata will be used to calculate the performance trend.

Make planning for : defines a time period in the future for which performance data will be used toforecast resource usage trend.

CPU utilization limit (%) : defines the CPU usage threshold as a percentage of total cluster CPUresources.

Memory utilization limit (%) : defines the used memory threshold as a percentage of total clustermemory resources.

Max utilization per datastore (%) : defines the maximum amount of space in use on a datastore.

Min free space per datastore (GB) : defines the minimum amount of free space left on a datastore.

Max read/write rate per datastore (MBps) : defines the maximum read and write rates per second fora datastore.

Page 292: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 292/410

292 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Business hours : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used to calculatethe performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline used for dataanalysis.

Page 293: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 293/410

293 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Capacity Planning (with no graphics)

This report forecasts how many days remain before the level of resource utilization reaches thespecified threshold values. The report allows you to analyze the following resource utilizationparameters: CPU, memory, datastore free space, read and write rates.

Note: This is the light version of the Capacity Planning report that does not contain charts. If you need toview infographics, generate the Capacity Planning report.

The Summary section provides an overview of the current state of your infrastructure (the totalnumber of hosts, datastores and VMs), displays 5 clusters and standalone hosts that will run out ofCPU and memory resources sooner than other clusters and hosts, and shows recommendations onresource allocation.

In the Details section, for each host included in the report scope, the report displays host hardwareconfiguration and resource usage, analyzes historical performance data for the specified period in thepast to calculate the performance utilization trend, and provides recommendations on how to keepthe resource utilization below the specified thresholds.

Page 294: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 294/410

294 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report provides recommendations on appropriate resource allocation to help you rationally planyour resources and prevent possible resource shortfalls.

Report Parameters

Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Datastores : defines a list of datastores to analyze in the report.

Analyze performance data for : defines a time period in the past for which historical performancedata will be used to calculate the performance trend.

Make planning for : defines a time period in the future for which performance data will be used toforecast resource usage trend.

CPU utilization limit (%) : defines the CPU usage threshold as a percentage of total cluster CPUresources.

Memory utilization limit (%) : defines the used memory threshold as a percentage of total clustermemory resources.

Page 295: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 295/410

295 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Max utilization per datastore (%) : defines the maximum amount of space in use on a datastore.

Min free space per datastore (GB) : defines the minimum amount of free space left on a datastore.

Max read/write rate per datastore (MBps) : defines the maximum read and write rates per second fora datastore.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used to

calculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 296: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 296/410

296 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Host Failure Modelling

This report allows you both to simulate a failure of one or more hosts, and forecast CPU and memoryusage for vSphere clusters.

Summary section provides an overview of the current state of your infrastructure (the totalnumber of clusters, hosts, datastores and VMs) and shows recommendations on resource

allocation. Modelling Results charts display the total amount of CPU and memory resources left and

lost in clusters in case of a host failure. The VMs Migration Count chart shows the number ofVMs that will need to be relocated to another host ( VMs to Migrate) and the number of VMsthat will operate as usual ( Unaffected VMs) in case of a host failure.

Details table provides details on CPU and memory current and predicted utilization for allclusters included in the report.

Recommendations section provides recommendations for the resource(s) whose utilizationthreshold(s) will be breached.

Page 297: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 297/410

297 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a cluster name in the Details table to drill down to details on current and predicted resourceusage for the cluster.

Click a number in the Affected VMs column of the Details table to drill down to details for the VMthat needs to be migrated.

Use Case The report provides recommendations on appropriate resource allocation, which can help preventpossible CPU and memory resource shortfalls in future and maintain the optimal performance of yourinfrastructure.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Number of failed hosts : defines the number of hosts for which you want to simulate a failure.

List of failed hosts : defines a list of hosts for which you want to simulate a failure.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameter

options are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.Maximum CPU utilization (%) : defines the CPU usage threshold as a percentage of total cluster CPUresources.

Maximum memory utilization (%) : defines the used memory threshold as a percentage of totalcluster memory resources.

Page 298: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 298/410

298 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

How Many More VMs Can Be Provisioned

This report calculates the number of additional VMs that your existing infrastructure can supportbefore the resource utilization reaches the specified threshold value.

The report evaluates total capacity of your infrastructure and provides estimation of how manysample VMs of a certain profile can be added without causing the specified resource utilization

threshold to be breached. Calculation of additional VM sets is based on the predicted futureperformance of the sample VM and the predicted virtual infrastructure capacities.

For each host, cluster and datastore included in the report, the Constraining Resource Per EachObject table displays the constraining resource, that is the resource for which the specified thresholdwill be breached first.

Page 299: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 299/410

299 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a host, cluster or datastore name in the Details table to drill down to in-depth forecastinformation for the host, cluster or datastore.

Use Case This report helps administrators to discover how many additional VMs can be deployed withoutaffecting infrastructure performance.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Host” type.

Datastores : defines a list of datastores to analyze in the report.

VM profile : defines a VM profile that will be used as a sample for calculating the number of VM sets:

If you choose a specific VM, the report will calculate how many similar VMs can be added.

If you choose Average VM configuration , the report will assess average configuration across allyour VMs, and calculate how many VM of this configuration can be added.

Note that VM(s) in the profile must be currently in the powered on state, and that performance datacollection must be completed for the given VM(s).

Account VM CPU and memory reservations : defines whether CPU and memory reservations shouldbe taken into account when calculating the number of VMs to be added.

CPU utilization limit (%) : defines the CPU usage threshold as a percentage of total cluster CPUresources.

Memory utilization limit (%) : defines the used memory threshold as a percentage of total clustermemory resources.

Max utilization per datastore (%) : defines the threshold for the maximum amount of space in use ona datastore.

Min free space per datastore (GB) : defines the threshold for the minimum amount of free space lefton a datastore.

Page 300: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 300/410

300 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Datastore Read Rate (MBps) : defines the threshold for read rate per second for datastores.

Datastore Write Rate (MBps) : defines the threshold for write rate per second for datastores.

Max vCPU per host CPU core ratio : defines the threshold for the maximum number of vCPU coresper a single instance of the physical CPU core.

Put 1 host into maintenance mode : defines whether to simulate putting one host into maintenance

mode when calculating the number of VMs to be added.

Page 301: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 301/410

301 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Over-provisioned Datastores

Thin provisioning allows administrators to dedicate more datastore space to VMs than there is realphysical capacity. This report helps you assess the potential impact of excessive over-provisioning ofdatastores on performance of your virtual environment.

TOP 5 Over-provisioned Datastores chart shows 5 datastores whose amount of provisioned

storage space exceeds the total capacity. The TOP 5 Under-provisioned Datastores chartshows 5 datastores whose amount of provisioned storage space is way below the totalcapacity.

TOP 5 Datastores with Least Amount of Free Space table displays top 5 datastores that willrun out of free space sooner than other datastores.

For each datastore included in the report, the Details section shows tables and charts thatprovide information on storage space utilization and the number of days left before thespecified space utilization/free space threshold will be breached. Arrows in the Out of FreeSpace in … (Days) column show whether the amount of free space on the datastore hasincreased (green arrow), decreased (red arrow) or stayed the same (blue arrow) over theprevious week.

Page 302: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 302/410

302 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a number in the VM Count column of the TOP 5 Datastores with Least Amount of FreeSpace table or of the Details table to get the list of VMs that store data on the datastore and todiscover how much space is provisioned for these VMs.

Click a number in the Out of Free Space in … (Days) column of the Details table to drill down toperformance details for the datastore.

Use Case The report analyzes datastore space utilization trend and calculates the number of days left before

storage utilization will breach the specified threshold.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Storage” type.

Datastore space utilization (%) : defines the threshold for the amount of space in use on datastores.

Datastore free space (GB) : defines the threshold for the amount of free space left on datastores.

Show graphics : defines whether to include charts in the report output.

Page 303: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 303/410

303 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Configuration Tracking Report Pack This report pack provides information about permissions assigned in your virtual environment andhelps you keep an eye on performed configuration changes.

Number of reports : 4

Current version : 2

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : Yes

Reports included :

Infrastructure Changes Audit

Infrastructure Changes by Object

Permissions by Object

Permissions by User

Page 304: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 304/410

304 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Infrastructure Changes Audit

This report analyzes virtual infrastructure configuration changes and provides information on userswho performed these changes.

Page 305: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 305/410

305 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report allows IT administrators to get details on recent infrastructure changes made by authorizedusers so that any unwanted action can be quickly rolled back.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report.

Interval - Interval Type/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Notethat the reporting period must include at least two data collection sessions for the selected scope.Otherwise, the report will contain no data.

Objects : defines types of virtual infrastructure objects to analyze in the report.

Changed by : defines users whose activity should be analyzed in the report.

Sort by : defines how data should be sorted in the report (by Time of Occurrence (default option),

Initiator or by Object Name ).

Page 306: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 306/410

306 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Infrastructure Changes by Object

This report analyzes virtual infrastructure configuration changes and provides detailed information onchanges performed for each object within the reporting period.

Use Case The report allows senior IT administrators to get details on recent infrastructure modifications made totarget objects so that any important action can be quickly rolled back.

Page 307: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 307/410

307 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date-End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least two data collection sessions for the selected scope. Otherwise,

the report will contain no data.

Object type : defines a list of infrastructure objects to analyze in the report. To select multiple items,use the [CRTL]or [SHIFT] key.

Object properties : defines configuration properties for which the report will track changes. The list ofavailable properties will depend on the selected object type. Use the Filter field to search for thenecessary properties by name.

Include all historical changes to the object for the selected interval : defines whether to include inthe report all historical changes for the specified time period.

Page 308: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 308/410

308 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Permissions by Object

This report provides information about permissions assigned in your virtual environment, includingindividual permissions for every object. The report lists virtual infrastructure objects and showspermissions that each registered user has for these items.

Use Case This report helps senior IT administrators review permissions for any given object (vCenter Server,cluster, storage, datacenter, resource pool, vApp, host system and/or VM).

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Object Name : defines a name of the virtual infrastructure object for which permissions should beshown. You can enter either the exact object name or a part of the name.

Object Type : defines a type of virtual infrastructure objects for which permissions should be shown.

User/Group : defines a user or a user group for which permissions should be shown.

Role: defines a user role that should be included in the report.

Propagate : defines whether permissions that can be propagated to child/dependent objects shouldbe included in the report.

Page 309: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 309/410

309 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Permissions by User

This report provides information about permissions assigned in your virtual environment, includingindividual permissions for every user. The report lists registered users and shows permissions thateach user has for different virtual infrastructure objects.

Use Case This report helps senior IT administrators review permissions assigned to any registered user.

Report Parameters

Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.User/Group : defines a user or a user group for which permissions should be shown.

Object Name : defines a name of the virtual infrastructure object for which permissions should beshown. You can enter either the exact object name or a part of the name.

Object Type : defines a type of virtual infrastructure objects for which permissions should be shown.

Role: defines a user role that should be included in the report.

Propagate : defines whether permissions that can be propagated to child/dependent objects shouldbe included in the report.

Page 310: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 310/410

310 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Infrastructure Assessment This report pack helps ensure your Hyper-V infrastructure is configured according to all known bestpractices. Infrastructure assessment reports analyze performance and configuration of your virtualenvironment against a set of recommended baseline settings and implementations, verify problemareas and help mitigate the issues.

The report pack allows you to make sure that your infrastructure is ready for a backup with VeeamBackup & Replication.

Number of reports : 2

Current version : 1

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : Yes

Reports included :

Configuration Assessment

Performance Assessment

Page 311: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 311/410

311 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Configuration Assessment

The report analyzes configuration of the Hyper-V infrastructure against a set of recommended settingsand best practices, identifies clusters, hosts and\or VMs that are configured inefficiently and verifiesproblem areas to help mitigate issues and prepare VMs for backup with Veeam Backup & Replication.

Verification Results chart displays the share of failed and passed verification tests, and tests

that completed with warnings. Assessment Criteria table lists criteria used in the report to assess the Hyper-V infrastructure,

and shows the assessment results.

Optimization tables show detailed assessment result for each criterion and providesrecommendations on how to improve infrastructure configuration.

Page 312: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 312/410

312 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

The report takes into account the following criteria when analyzing Hyper-V configuration:

Cluster Optimization

Criterion Description

Hosts use same CPUvendors/models

The report analyzes cluster configuration to make sure clusters include hostswith CPUs of the same vendors.

A cluster that includes hosts with CPUs from different vendors may notoperate correctly when you perform some tasks in Veeam Backup &Replication. For example, migration or restore of VMs to a host with adifferent processor may fail as some applications only run on processors of aspecific vendor.

Hosts are updated equally

The report verifies that hosts in a cluster have the same Hyper-V versioninstalled.

When hosts in a cluster have different Hyper-V versions installed, it may causecompatibility issues and unexpected errors.

Storage controllers are ofthe same vendors

The report analyzes cluster configuration to verify that storage controllersinstalled on hosts are of the same vendor.

If you have storage controllers of different vendors on hosts in a cluster, youmay experience unexpected errors and failures.

NICs compatibility

The report analyzes cluster configuration to verify whether NIC cards within acluster are of the same vendor.

Incompatible NIC cards may cause issues during backup and restoreoperations in a cluster.

Page 313: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 313/410

313 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Host Optimization

Criterion Description

Host is not running on abalanced power plan

The report analyzes host configuration to verify whether hosts in theinfrastructure are running on a balanced power plan.

The Balanced power plan is the default power plan in Windows operatingsystems. However, to increase host efficiency, you are recommended usingthe High Performance power plan.

No RDP printers mapped

The report analyzes your infrastructure to verify that there are no RDPmapped printers on hosts.

Printers mapped via RDP may not work efficiently and may cause unexpectederrors and failures. You can disable RDP printer mapping through a grouppolicy.

Virtual CPUs/Logical CPUsratio

The report analyzes the infrastructure to verify that maximum vCPU per hostCPU core ratio is below the specified value. The default ratio is 8.

If CPU configuration is not balanced, VMs may not obtain enough processorresources. For information on how to measure processor performance, seeMicrosoft MSDN article .

VM Optimization

Criterion Description

Checkpoint redirection

The report analyzes the infrastructure to determine whether snapshots onVMs are not saved to Local Disk (C).

Snapshot redirection may slow down VM backup. For better backupexperience with Veeam Backup and replication, make sure there are noredirected checkpoints.

Integration Services state

The report analyzes your infrastructure to verify that all Integration Serviceson VMs in the infrastructure are enabled.

Integration Services participate in application-aware image processing duringbackup in Veeam Backup & Replication. To use application-aware imageprocessing efficiently, enable Integration Services.

Hyper-V VSS Requestorstate

The report analyzes the infrastructure to identify the state of VSS Requestoron VMs.

If VSS Requestor is not started on a VM, this may cause issues during backupas VSS services will not be able to create a shadow copy and prepare data forbackup.

If the state of VSS Requestor on a VM is Started/Automatic or

Started/Automatic (Delayed Start) , the report will show the Success verification result. In other cases, the verification result will be Warning .

No Checkpoints used

The report analyzes the virtual infrastructure to find VMs with existingcheckpoints.

To use Veeam Changed Block Tracking for incremental backup, you mustremove snapshots.

Page 314: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 314/410

314 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Criterion Description

No VMs on datastores withless than 10% of free space

The report analyzes the Hyper-V infrastructure to find datastores that haveless than 10% of free space.

During backup Veeam Backup & Replication triggers a checkpoint that isnormally stored next to VM files on the source datastore. To eliminate theproblem of datastores running low on free space during backup, it is requiredthat the free space is more than 10%.

Use Case This report shows a list of clusters, hosts and VMs in your virtual environment that could experiencepotential issues during backup, gets guidance on how to resolve these issues.

Report Parameters Scope (VI): defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Cluster” type.

Assessment type : defines types of objects to analyze in the report.

Max vCPU per Host CPU core ratio : defines the threshold for the maximum number of vCPU coresper a single instance of the physical CPU core.

Page 315: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 315/410

315 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Performance Assessment

This report evaluates whether the Hyper-V infrastructure is configured optimally, helps find potentialissues and suggests actions aimed at boosting its efficiency.

Verification Result chart displays the share of failed and passed verification tests, and teststhat completed with warnings.

Assessment Criteria table lists criteria used in the report to evaluate Hyper-V infrastructureperformance, and shows the assessment results.

Performance tables show detailed assessment result for each criterion and providesrecommendations on how to improve infrastructure performance.

Page 316: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 316/410

316 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

For verification, the report analyzes data over the past 2 weeks and checks whether performancethresholds are exceeded or the number of times Veeam ONE Monitor fired Error and Warning alarms.

Performance thresholds are defined in alarm counters in Veeam ONE Monitor. If a threshold is

exceeded, the report will deliver Warning or Error verification result depending on counter settings. The report takes into account the following criteria when analyzing performance parameters:

CPU Performance

Criterion Description

Hyper-V Hypervisor LogicalProcessor\ Total Run Time

The criterion thresholds are specified in the Total run time counter settingsof the Host CPU Usage alarm.

Memory Performance

Criterion Description

Available Memory The criterion thresholds are specified in the Hyper-V Services MemoryUsage counter settings of the Host Available Memory alarm.

Memory Pages Rate

The criterion thresholds are specified in the Pages/sec counter settings of theHost Memory Pages Usage alarm.

For more information about memory page rate counters, see Microsoft TechNet article .

Memory Pressure The criterion thresholds are specified in the Average Pressure countersettings of the Host Average Memory Pressure alarm.

Page 317: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 317/410

317 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Disk Performance

Criterion Description

Disk Read Latency The criterion thresholds are specified in the Disk/Host: Avg Disk sec/Read counter settings of the Host disk read latency alarm.

Disk Write Latency The criterion thresholds are specified in the

Disk/Host: Avg Disk sec/Write

counter settings of the Host disk write latency alarm.

Cluster Shared Volume 2012read latency

The criterion thresholds are specified in the Disk/CSV2012: Read Latency counter settings of the Cluster shared volume 2012 read latency alarm.

Cluster Shared Volume 2012write latency

The criterion thresholds are specified in the Disk/CSV2012: Write Latency counter settings of the Cluster shared volume 2012 write latency alarm

Network Performance

Criterion Description

Network Output QueueLength

The criterion thresholds are specified in the Network Output Queue Length counter of the Host network average output queue length alarm.

Network Interface Transmission Rate

The criterion threshold is calculated the following way: Network BytesTotal/sec counter value divided by the Network Bandwidth value specifiedin the report parameters.

Use Case The report analyzes performance of the Hyper-V infrastructure and provides recommendations toimprove its configuration. You can use report results to implement the necessary hardware andsoftware optimizations.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Cluster” type.

Network Bandwidth : defines network bandwidth to analyze in the report.

Assessment Type : defines a type of resources to analyze in the report ( All, CPU, Memory ,DiskorNetwork ).

Page 318: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 318/410

318 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Overview Report Pack This report pack provides general configuration overview for SCVMMs, volumes, clusters, hosts andVMs, and displays information on the most common alarms raised for virtual infrastructure objects.

Number of reports : 7

Current version : 2

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : Yes

Reports included :

Alarms Overview

Cluster Configuration

Datastore Capacity

Host Configuration

Infrastructure Overview

VMs Configuration

VMs Growth

Page 319: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 319/410

319 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Alarms Overview

Veeam ONE Monitor generates multiple alarms to inform you about important events in yourenvironment. This report allows administrators to quickly review the health state of the environmentand to track how the number of alarms has been changing during the reporting period.

The report analyzes alerting activity across a time range, provides information on virtual infrastructure

objects that caused the greatest number of alerts, and displays top 10 most frequently occurredissues.

Page 320: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 320/410

320 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a number in the Alarms column of the Detailed Information table to drill down to details foralarms raised for the infrastructure object.

Use Case The report provides an overview of the current health state of your virtual environment, shows the listof the most common alarms and identifies the most affected virtual infrastructure objects.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date – End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise,the report will contain no data.

Group By : defines how data will be grouped in the report output (by Issue type or Object type ).

Alarm Type : defines a list of virtual infrastructure object types to analyze in the report.

Alarms List : defines a list of alarms to analyze in the report.

Page 321: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 321/410

321 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Cluster Configuration

This report documents the current configuration of clusters in your infrastructure.

The report provides an overview of cluster resources in terms of memory, CPU and storage utilization.For each cluster included in the report, the Details table displays information on total number of hostsand VMs in the cluster, total amount of available cluster resources and the name of the cluster host

owner. The report also shows network configuration for each cluster.

Tip: Click a number in the Total hosts column of the Details table to drill down to host configurationdetails.

Click a number in the HA VMs column of the Details table to drill down to VM configurationdetails.

Use Case The report allows you to keep an eye on the state of hardware resources provisioned to your clusters,and to verify configuration settings applied to these clusters. This may help you balance workloadsand right-size the environment to attain higher performance.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Cluster” type.

Page 322: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 322/410

322 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Session : defines a data collection session in Veeam ONE Reporter — a point in time to use as a basis togenerate the report.

Page 323: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 323/410

323 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Datastore Capacity

This report documents the current configuration of CSVs, SMB shares and local disks in yourinfrastructure.

The report provides information on total capacity, used, free and provisioned space, and calculatesspace utilization trend for each volume. The report also includes the Top 3 VMs section that shows

VMs that consume more storage space than other VMs.

Tip: Click a hyperlink in the Free Space Usage Trend column in the Summary Information table to drilldown to daily information on total capacity, the amount of used and provisioned space, and thenumber of VMs that store data on the CSV/SMB share/local disk.

Page 324: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 324/410

324 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report helps you monitor storage capacities to ensure your VMs have sufficient room to operate.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Storage” type.

Session : defines a data collection session in Veeam ONE Reporter — a point in time to use as a basis togenerate the report.

Num. of items : defines the number of top datastores, virtual and logical disks that will be displayed inthe report charts.

Page 325: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 325/410

325 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Host Configuration

This report documents the current configuration of hosts in your infrastructure.

The report provides general information on host systems in the environment, displays statistics onmemory, CPU and storage utilization, and shows network configuration for each host.

Use Case The report allows you to identify configuration issues, optimize resource provisioning and better

handle current and future workloads.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Host” type.

Session : defines a data collection session in Veeam ONE Reporter — a point in time to use as a basis togenerate the report.

Page 326: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 326/410

326 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Infrastructure Overview

This report reveals the necessary Hyper-V inventory configuration specifics and allows you to evaluatethe current state of your virtual environment.

The report shows configuration properties of SCVMM servers, clusters, CSVs, SMB shares, local disks,host systems and networks. The report also includes charts that display percentage distribution of VM

power states, Integration Services statuses and Business View groups across the infrastructure.

Page 327: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 327/410

327 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report helps administrators track the state of monitored virtual infrastructure.

Report Parameters Choose VM category to include it to the report : defines a Business View group that includes VMs

which should be analyzed in the report.Notes/Report Specifics Click a SCVMM name in the SCVMM Servers table to drill down to details on hypervisor versioninstalled on the server and the list of hosts that run on the server.

Click the Details link below the Power State chart to drill down to the full list of VMs and their powerstates.

Click the Details link below the Integration Service Status chart to drill down to the full list of VMsand statuses of Integration Services running in these VMs.

Click the Details link below the BV Chart to drill down to the full list of Business View categories andVMs that belong to these categories.

Page 328: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 328/410

328 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMs Configuration

This report documents the current configuration of VMs in your infrastructure.

The report provides information on memory, vCPU and storage allocation, power state, and guest diskusage for each VM included in the report scope. The report also shows charts that display percentagedistribution of VM power states, Integration Services statuses and guest OS kinds installed on your

VMs.

Tip: Click the Details link below the Guest OS Distribution chart to drill down to the full list of guest OSkinds present in the infrastructure and the list of VMs on which these guest operating systems areinstalled.

Click the Details link below the Integration Services Status chart to drill down to the full list ofVMs and statuses of Integration Services running on these VMs.

Click the Details link below the VM State Summary to drill down to the full list of VMs and theirpower states.

Use Case The report helps administrators assess configuration properties of VMs in the monitored virtualinfrastructure.

Page 329: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 329/410

329 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Page 330: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 330/410

330 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMs Growth

This report tracks how the number of VMs in your virtual environment has been changing during thereporting period.

The report analyzes the amount of allocated resources, displays changes in the number of VMs, andshows how these changes influenced resource provisioning in the infrastructure.

For each added/removed VM, the report provides information on the location of the VM and itsconfiguration properties.

Use Case This report allows you to control virtual machine sprawl and to optimize resource utilization in yourinfrastructure.

Report Parameters

Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Page 331: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 331/410

331 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval - Interval Type/Start Date – End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Notethat the reporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope.Otherwise, the report will contain no data.

Page 332: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 332/410

332 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Monitoring Report Pack This report pack displays performance statistics for clusters, Cluster Shared Volumes, local disks, hostsand VMs. Additionally, the pack tracks VM uptime, provides an overview of triggered alarms and helpsyou perform health assessment of your Infrastructure to increase its efficiency.

Number of reports : 7

Current version : 2

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : Yes

Reports included :

Failover Cluster Performance

Host Performance

Local Datastore Performance

VM Performance

VM Uptime

Windows 2008 Cluster Shared Volume Performance

Windows 2012 Cluster Shared Volume Performance

Page 333: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 333/410

333 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Failover Cluster Performance

The report analyzes performance history of the failover cluster hosts and delivers statistics on CPU,memory disk and network usage over the specified reporting period.

The Summary section of the report describes configuration of each host in the cluster (amount ofmemory and CPU resources, the number of CPU cores and sockets).

The report also shows CPU, memory, disk and network usage charts, provides resource usageinformation and calculates trends for the entire cluster as well as for top resource consuming hostsand VMs in the cluster.

Page 334: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 334/410

334 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a host name in the Summary table or in the list of top resource consuming hosts to drill downto performance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the host.

The report will show a list of top resource consuming VMs. Click a VM name in the list to drill down toperformance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case The report shows resource consumption data for the selected cluster within a specified reportingperiod. You can use this data to detect clusters with performance issues, review resource provisioning,adjust workloads and optimize cluster overall performance.

Report Parameters Object : defines a cluster to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected cluster. Otherwise,the report will contain no data.

Top N : defines the maximum number of hosts and VMs to display in the report.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 335: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 335/410

335 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Host Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected host across atime range.

The report shows tables and performance charts with overall CPU, memory, disk and network usagestatistics for the host. The report also lists top resource consuming VMs and calculates resource usage

trends for them.

Tip: Click a VM name in the list of top resource consuming VMs to drill down to performance charts withstatistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case The report provides an overview of hardware resource consumption for the selected host. Thisinformation may help you identify hosts with performance issues, balance workloads and right-sizeresource provisioning for VMs across the growing virtual environment.

Report Parameters Object : defines the host to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected host. Otherwise, thereport will contain no data.

Top N : defines the maximum number of VMs to display in the report output.

Page 336: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 336/410

336 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 337: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 337/410

337 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Local Datastore Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected local disk acrossa time range.

The report shows tables and performance charts with statistics on read/write rates, read/write latencyand IOPS for the disk. The report also lists top 3 resource consuming VMs and calculates resource

usage trends for them.

Page 338: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 338/410

338 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a VM name in the list of top 3 resource consuming VMs to drill down to performance charts withstatistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case The report helps you identify local disks with performance issues.

Report Parameters Object : defines the local disk to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected disk. Otherwise, thereport will contain no data.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 339: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 339/410

339 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VM Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected VM across a timerange.

The report shows tables and performance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and networkusage for the VM and calculates resource usage trend for it.

Use Case The report allows you to verify that you have provided enough resources to the virtual machine.

Report Parameters Object : defines the VM to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the

reporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected VM. Otherwise, thereport will contain no data.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 340: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 340/410

340 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VM Uptime

This report analyzes VM uptime statistics to track VM availability.

TOP Uptime and Lowest Uptime charts display top 5 VMs in terms of the highest and thelowest uptime values.

Virtual Machine Uptime table provides the full list of VMs whose uptime values are lowerand greater than the specified thresholds.

Use Case Uptime is a measure of time a VM has been up and actively running on a host. When a VM is notoperating, storage space allocated to it is not being used productively. Use this report to track uptime

of virtualized workloads.

Page 341: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 341/410

341 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the

reporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise,the report will contain no data.

Uptime, greater than : defines the desired minimum uptime value.

Uptime, lower than : defines the desired maximum uptime value.

Page 342: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 342/410

Page 343: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 343/410

343 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Windows 2012 Cluster Shared Volume Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected Windows Server2012 Cluster Shared Volume across a time range.

The report shows tables and performance charts with statistics on read/write rates, read/writeoperations completed in the direct/redirected access mode, read/write latency and IOPS for the CSV.

The report also lists top 3 resource consuming VMs and calculates resource usage trends for them.

Tip: Click a VM name in the list of top 3 resource consuming VMs to drill down to performance charts withstatistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case The report assesses latency and IOPS values to identify Windows Server 2012 Cluster Shared Volumeswith performance issues.

Report Parameters

Object : defines the Windows Server 2012 CSV to analyze in the report.Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected CSV. Otherwise, thereport will contain no data.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 344: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 344/410

344 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Optimization Report Pack This report pack delivers recommendations on resource allocation to optimize performance andresource utilization.

Number of reports : 5

Current version : 1

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : Yes

Reports included :

Active Snapshots

Idle VMs

Oversized VMs

Powered Off VMs

Undersized VMs

Page 345: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 345/410

345 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Active Snapshots

This report aggregates historical data and shows snapshot age and size statistics for selected VMs across a time range.

Top Snapshot Size (GB) and Top Snapshot Age (Days) charts display top 5 VMs with theoldest and the largest snapshots in the virtual environment.

Details table provides the full list of VMs with snapshots and rates the VMs by snapshot size.For each VM, the report shows the date when the snapshot was created, snapshot directory,name of the server on which the VM runs and state of the VM.

Page 346: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 346/410

346 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case Orphaned snapshots consume valuable storage resources. That is why best practices for snapshotsrecommend that you delete snapshots older than 3 days, since they no longer reflect recent VMchanges.

The report helps you detect orphaned snapshots and better address the problem of storage capacitywaste.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Age older than - Age measured in : defines snapshot age threshold. If a VM snapshot is older than thespecified age, the VM will be included in the report.

Do not report on VMs created by Veeam replication jobs : defines whether VM replicas created byVeeam Backup & Replication will be excluded from the report scope*.

*Starting with version 6, Veeam Backup & Replication uses VM snapshots as replica restore points. Such snapshot restore pointsmay be large in size and remain on the datastore for a long period of time. If you have VM replicas created with Veeam Backup &Replication, select this check box to exclude VM replicas with snapshot restore points from the report.

Page 347: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 347/410

347 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Idle VMs

Idle VMs are virtual machines that continue to operate even though they are no longer in use. TheseIdle (aka 'Zombie') VMs keep consuming resources and provide no value.

This report shows idle VMs in terms of CPU, memory, disk and network utilization.

Page 348: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 348/410

348 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case By using this report you can track Idle VMs that can be shut down or decommissioned to reclaimresources and improve performance of your virtual infrastructure.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the reporting period must includeat least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise, the report will contain no data.

CPU usage, less than : defines a CPU usage threshold. If the maximum CPU usage for a VM is belowthe threshold during a certain number of days (specified with the Time in the selected state parameter), the VM will be considered “ Idle”.

Memory usage, less than : defines memory usage threshold. If the maximum memory usage for a VMis below the threshold during a certain number of days (specified with the Time in the selected stateparameter), the VM will be considered “ Idle”.

Disk usage, less than : defines a disk usage threshold. If the maximum disk usage for a VM is belowthe threshold during a certain number of days (specified with the Time in the selected stateparameter), the VM will be considered “ Idle”.

Network usage, less than : defines a network usage threshold. If the maximum network usage for aVM is below the threshold during a certain number of days (defined by Time in the selected state ),the VM will be considered “ Idle”.

Time in the selected state : defines the percentage of days in the reporting period when themaximum resource usage (CPU, Memory, Disk and Network) of the VM was below the selectedthresholds.

Tip: Veeam ONE Reporter checks whether the CPU usage , Memory usage , Disk usage and Networkusage conditions are true at the same time (in other words, the conditions are joined by Boolean“AND”).

Page 349: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 349/410

349 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Oversized VMs

This report allows you to identify VMs that have more allocated resources such as vRAM or vCPU thanthey require.

The report collects and analyzes historical performance and resource configuration over a specifiedtime period.

Oversized Virtual Machines by CPU and Oversized Virtual Machines by Memory tablesdisplay VMs with excessive CPU and memory resources and deliver recommendations fortheir reconfiguration.

Virtual Machines with Static Memory table lists all discovered VMs with static memory,their location and the amount of provisioned memory resources. You can use thisinformation to consider enabling dynamic memory for these VMs.

Tip: Click a VM in the Virtual Machine column to drill down to VM performance charts that show howCPU and memory usage has been changing within the reporting period.

Page 350: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 350/410

350 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case By analyzing historical performance, this report helps you identify VMs with excessive resourceprovisioning. You can use data in this report to change the current VM configuration and relocate VMsto other hosts.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval - Interval Type : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the reportingperiod must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise, the reportwill contain no data.

Top N : defines the maximum number of VMs the report will analyze.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 351: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 351/410

351 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Powered Off VMs

The report provides information on VMs powered off throughout a specified time period.

Summary Information section shows the total number of VMs in the selected scope, thenumber of powered off VMs and their total size on disk.

Powered Off Virtual Machines table lists powered off VMs, their location and disk size. Thetable also contains the Powered Off status (%) column, which displays the amount of timeduring which a VM was powered off against the time of the reporting period in percent.

Use Case The report allows you to track VMs that have been in the powered off state for a specified time period.Since powered off VMs consume space required to store their disks and configuration data, you canreview storage usage and relocate these machines, or decommission machines that you no longerneed.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s ): defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Page 352: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 352/410

352 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Interval/Interval Type : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the reportingperiod must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise, the reportwill contain no data.

Power Off Percent : defines the threshold for the amount of time when a VM was powered off againstthe amount of time in the reporting period (in percentage). If the time during which a VM waspowered off is less than the specified value in percent, the report will not analyze this VM.

Page 353: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 353/410

353 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Undersized VMs

This report allows you to identify VMs that have less allocated resources such as vRAM or vCPU thanthey require.

The report collects and analyzes historical performance and configuration over a specified period todeliver recommendations for an optimized VM configuration and resource allocation.

Tip: Click a VM in the details table to drill down to VM performance charts that show how CPU andmemory usage has been changing during the reporting period.

Use Case This report uses the specified parameters to identify VMs with insufficient CPU and memory resources. The report delivers detailed information on detected VMs and suggests recommendations for betterresource allocation. You may consider adding the specified amount of resources for the VM, relocatingthe VM to a more powerful host, or adding more resources for undersized VM.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Virtual Machine” type.

Interval - Interval Type : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the reportingperiod must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise, the reportwill contain no data.

CPU usage, more than : defines the CPU utilization threshold in percent. If the CPU usage value for aVM exceeds the specified threshold, the VM will be included in the report.

Page 354: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 354/410

354 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Memory pressure, more than : defines the memory utilization threshold in percent. If the memoryusage value for a VM exceeds the specified threshold, the VM will be included in the report. Thisparameter may be applied only to VMs with dynamic memory.

Physical memory, more than : defines the threshold for total VM storage capacity. If VM memorycapacity exceeds the threshold, this VM will be analyzed in the report.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Note: Veeam ONE Reporter checks whether the CPU ready and Swap out rate conditions are true at thesame, and then whether CPU Usage and Memory Usage conditions are true at the same time (inother words, the conditions in each pair are joined by Boolean “AND”).

Then Veeam ONE Reporter checks whether a pair of these conditions is true, in other words, pairs ofthese conditions are joined by Boolean “OR”.

Page 355: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 355/410

355 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Capacity Planning Report Pack This report pack is designed to forecast when the available virtual infrastructure resources will reachtheir minimum levels. The pack provides recommendations on resource allocation and load balancingto optimize performance and resource utilization in your environment and to avoid possibleperformance bottlenecks. With this report pack, you can be prepared to a planned or accidental hostoutage across a failover cluster.

Number of reports : 3

Current version : 1

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : Yes

Reports included :

Capacity Planning

Host Failure Modelling

Over-provisioned Datastores

Page 356: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 356/410

356 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Capacity Planning

The report analyzes performance for the specified time period in the past to predict when you will runout of CPU, memory, datastore resources.

Summary section shows virtual infrastructure inventory (the total number of hosts,datastores and VMs included in the report), predicts how many days remain until resource

usage values reach the specified thresholds, and provides recommendations on requiredresources.

The Top 5 Utilized Clusters and Standalone Host table displays objects that will run out ofCPU or memory resources sooner than others. It shows the bottleneck parameter for eachobject and its average usage. This data is used to predict how many days are left before theobject reaches the threshold.

Some values in the table may be highlighted with red. If a value in the Average Usage column is highlighted with red, the resource usage value has reached the specified threshold. The Days Remaining value is highlighted with red if the number of days left until theparameter reaches the threshold is less than 183 (6 months).

Details section provides host hardware configuration, resource usage data, and performance

forecasts. It also delivers recommendations on how to maintain resource utilization valuesbelow the specified thresholds.

Page 357: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 357/410

Page 358: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 358/410

358 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 359: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 359/410

359 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Host Failure Modelling

This report allows you both to simulate a failure of one or more hosts, and forecast CPU and memoryusage for Hyper-V clusters.

Summary section provides an overview of the current state of your infrastructure (the totalnumber of clusters, hosts, volumes, and VMs) and shows recommendations on resource

allocation. Modelling Results charts display the amount of CPU and memory resources left and lost in

case of a host failure. The VMs Migration Count chart shows the number of VMs that will needto be relocated to another host ( VMs to Migrate) and the number of VMs that will operate asusual ( Unaffected VMs) in case of a host failure.

Details table provides details on CPU and memory current and predicted utilization for allclusters included in the report.

Recommendations section provides recommendations for the resource(s) whose utilizationthreshold(s) will be breached.

Page 360: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 360/410

360 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a cluster name in the Details table to drill down to details on current and predicted resourceusage for the cluster.

Click a number in the Affected VMs column of the Details table to drill down to details for the VMthat needs to be migrated.

Use Case The report provides recommendations on appropriate resource allocation, which can help preventpossible CPU and memory resource shortfalls in future and maintain the optimal performance of yourinfrastructure.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Number of failed hosts : defines the number of hosts for which you want to simulate a failure.

List of failed hosts : defines a list of hosts for which you want to simulate a failure.

Maximum CPU utilization (%) : defines the CPU usage threshold as a percentage of total cluster CPUresources.

Maximum memory utilization (%) : defines the used memory threshold as a percentage of totalcluster memory resources.

Page 361: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 361/410

361 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Over-provisioned Datastores

Dynamic disk technology allows administrators to dedicate more storage space to VMs than there isreal physical capacity. This report helps you assess the potential impact of excessive over-provisioningof disks on your virtual environment.

TOP 5 Over-provisioned Datastores chart shows 5 disks whose amount of provisioned

storage space exceeds the total capacity. TOP 5 Under-provisioned Datastores chart shows 5 disks whose amount of provisioned

storage space is way below the total capacity.

TOP 5 Datastores with Least Amount of Free Space table displays top 5 disks that will runout of free space sooner than other disks.

For each disk included in the report, the Details tables provide information on storage spaceutilization and the number of days left before the specified space utilization/free space threshold willbe breached. Arrows in the Out of Free Space in … (Days) column show whether the amount of freespace on the disk has increased (green arrow), decreased (red arrow) or stayed the same (blue arrow)over the previous week.

Page 362: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 362/410

362 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a number in the VM Count column of the TOP 5 Datastores with Least Amount of FreeSpace table or of the Details table to get the list of VMs that store data on the disk and to discoverhow much space is provisioned for these VMs.

Click a number in the Out of Free Space in … (Days) column of the Details table to drill down todetails and recommendations for the disk.

Use Case The report analyzes disk space utilization trend and calculates the number of days left before storageutilization will breach the specified threshold.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report. The parameteroptions are limited to objects of the “Storage” type.

Datastore space utilization (%) : defines the threshold for the amount of space in use on the disks.

Datastore free space (GB) : defines the threshold for the amount of free space left on the disks.

Page 363: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 363/410

363 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Custom Report Pack This report pack allows you to define your own configuration parameters, performance metrics andfilters when maximum flexibility is required.

Number of reports : 7

Current version : 1

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : Yes

Reports included :

Custom Infrastructure

Hyper-V Custom Performance

Hyper-V Raw Performance Data

Inventory

Report Builder

VMware Custom Performance

VMware Raw Performance Assessment

Page 364: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 364/410

364 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Custom Infrastructure

This report features an advanced collection of custom properties and filters to help you drill down tospecific virtual infrastructure issues which are not covered by other reports.

Use Case Use the advanced property collection to report on licensing information, host hardware configuration,CPU, RAM, storage and networking performance, and many other aspects to better manage yourvirtual infrastructure.

Report Based on

Custom data gathered from both Microsoft Hyper-V and VMware vSphere systems.

Report Parameters Session : defines a data collection session in Veeam ONE Reporter — a point in time to use as a basis togenerate the report.

Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report.

Object type : defines a list of infrastructure objects to analyze in the report. To select multiple items,use the [CRTL] or [SHIFT] key.

Page 365: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 365/410

365 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Columns : defines configuration properties to analyze in the report. The list of available properties willdepend on the selected object type. Use the Filter field to search for the necessary properties byname. Note that the number of selected properties must not exceed 50.

Custom Filter : defines filters for the selected object properties.

Group By : defines whether the report should use the Sum, Max or Count function to aggregate data inthe report output.

Expand all groups in the report : defines whether the report should display results in the collapsed orexpanded view.

Sort By : defines how data will be sorted in the report.

Page 366: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 366/410

366 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Custom Performance

This report allows you to define specific CPU, memory, network and disk metrics to analyzeperformance of Hyper-V hosts, VMs, Cluster Shared Volumes and SMB shares.

Use Case Use this report to investigate specific performance issues in the environment.

Report Based on Performance data collected from Microsoft Hyper-V systems.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report.

Page 367: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 367/410

367 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise,the report will contain no data.

Object Type : defines the infrastructure object to analyze in the report.

Monitor Subsystems : defines subsystems to analyze in the report ( CPU , Memory , Network , Disk orVirtual Switch). The list of available subsystems will depend on the selected object type.

Metrics : defines metrics to analyze in the report. The list of available metrics will depend on theselected monitor subsystem.

Include/Exclude : defines a list of objects that should be included in/excluded from the report scope:

Use the Include option to define names of virtual infrastructure objects that should beincluded in the report. All objects not specified in the Include field will be excluded from thebaseline used for data analysis.

Use the Exclude option to define names of virtual infrastructure objects that should beexcluded from the report. All objects not specified in the Exclude field will be included in thebaseline used for data analysis.

Note: The Include/Exclude parameters support wildcards. Search is not case sensitive.

To illustrate how to use wildcard queries, consider the following example. You have selected 4 hostsas a report scope: 2 NAS servers ( NASserv1, NASserv2) and 2 Active Directory servers ( AD01 and AD02).

If you want the report to show performance details only for the NAS servers, type nasserv * in theInclude field. Alternatively, type ad * in the Exclude field.

Show Graphics : defines whether to show charts in the report output.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 368: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 368/410

368 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Raw Performance Data

This report allows you to get detailed raw data on specific CPU, memory, network and disk metrics toanalyze performance of Hyper-V hosts, VMs, Cluster Shared Volumes and SMB shares.

Use Case This report provides advanced historical performance data that you can export to a spreadsheetapplication and use for analysis and reporting purposes.

Report Based on Performance data collected from Microsoft Hyper-V systems.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report.

Interval : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the reporting period must includeat least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise, the report will contain no data.

Sample’s Length : defines the resolution level, that is, granularity of raw data that should be displayedin the report output. Note that data with the Raw sample length (5-minute resolution) is available only

Page 369: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 369/410

369 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

for the first week; if you select Year/Quarter/Month as a reporting interval, the report will show datawith 5-minute resolution for the first week and data with 2-hour resolution for the rest of the interval.

Object Type : defines the infrastructure object to analyze in the report.

Monitor Subsystems : defines subsystems to analyze in the report ( CPU , Memory , Network , Disk orVirtual Switch). The list of available subsystems will depend on the selected object type.

Metrics : the performance metrics to analyze in the report. The choice of available metrics will dependon the selected monitored subsystems.

Include/Exclude : defines a list of objects that should be included in/excluded from the report scope:

Use the Include option to define names of virtual infrastructure objects that should beincluded in the report. All objects not specified in the Include field will be excluded from thebaseline used for data analysis.

Use the Exclude option to define names of virtual infrastructure objects that should beexcluded from the report. All objects not specified in the Exclude field will be included in thebaseline used for data analysis.

Note: The Include/Exclude parameters support wildcards. Search is not case sensitive.

To illustrate how to use wildcard queries, consider the following example. You have selected 4 hostsas a report scope: 2 NAS servers ( NASserv1, NASserv2) and 2 Active Directory servers ( AD01 and AD02).

If you want the report to show performance details only for the NAS servers, type nasserv * in theInclude field. Alternatively, type ad * in the Exclude field.

Page 370: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 370/410

370 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Inventory

This report provides the most complete and up-to-date configuration information on all objects inyour virtual environment.

Use Case This report allows you to document the current configuration of your virtual infrastructure for auditpurposes.

Report Based on Configuration data collected from virtual servers.

Report Parameters Session : defines a data collection session in Veeam ONE Reporter — a point in time to use as a basis togenerate the report.

Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Page 371: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 371/410

371 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Builder

This report merges data generated by separate custom reports into a single document.

To use the Report Builder, you first need to configure and save custom reports in the My Reports folder. The Report Builder will then offer you to include different sections from the saved reports intothe resulting report providing you a consolidated view of core virtual environment properties.

Use Case This report eliminates data redundancy and helps you focus on the most relevant and important

information about your infrastructure.Report Pack Based on Data derived from a number of custom reports.

Report Parameters My Reports : defines custom report sections that should be included in the resulting report.

Do not show table of contents : defines whether the report output will include table of contents ordisplay results in the expanded view.

Page 372: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 372/410

Page 373: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 373/410

373 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Scope (V-Cloud) : defines vCloud Infrastructure levels to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise,the report will contain no data.

Object Type : defines the infrastructure object to analyze in the report.Monitor Subsystems : defines subsystems to analyze in the report ( CPU , Memory , Network , Disk ,Storage Adapter , Storage Path , Datastore or Power ). The list of available subsystems will depend on theselected object type.

Metrics : defines metrics to analyze in the report. The list of available metrics will depend on theselected monitor subsystem.

Include/Exclude : defines a list of objects that should be included in/excluded from the report scope:

Use the Include option to define names of virtual infrastructure objects that should beincluded in the report. All objects not specified in the Include field will be excluded from thebaseline used for data analysis.

Use the Exclude option to define names of virtual infrastructure objects that should beexcluded from the report. All objects not specified in the Exclude field will be included in thebaseline used for data analysis.

Note: The Include/Exclude parameters support wildcards. Search is not case sensitive.

To illustrate how to use wildcard queries, consider the following example. You have selected 4 hostsas a report scope: 2 NAS servers ( NASserv1, NASserv2) and 2 Active Directory servers ( AD01 and AD02).

If you want the report to show performance details only for the NAS servers, type nasserv * in theInclude field. Alternatively, type ad * in the Exclude field.

Top N : defines the maximum number of VMs you want to be displayed in the report.

Show Graphics : defines whether to show charts in the report output.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 374: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 374/410

374 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Raw Performance Data

This report allows you to get detailed raw data on specific CPU, memory, network, storage and diskmetrics to analyze performance of VMware hosts, VMs, Cluster Shared Volumes and SMB shares.

Use Case This report provides advanced historical performance data that you can export to a spreadsheetapplication and use for analysis and reporting purposes.

Report Based on Performance data collected from VMware vSphere systems.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Business View object(s) : defines Business View groups to analyze in the report.

Interval : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that the reporting period must includeat least one data collection session for the selected scope. Otherwise, the report will contain no data.

Sample’s Length : defines the resolution level, that is, granularity of raw data that should be displayedin the report output. Note that data with the Raw sample length (5-minute resolution) is available onlyfor the first week; if you select Year/Quarter/Month as a reporting interval, the report will show datawith 5-minute resolution for the first week and data with 2-hour resolution for the rest of the interval.

Object Type : defines the infrastructure object to analyze in the report.

Monitor Subsystems : defines subsystems to analyze in the report ( CPU , Memory , Network , Storage Adapters , Storage Path , Datastore or Power ). The list of available subsystems will depend on theselected object type.

Page 375: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 375/410

375 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Metrics : the performance metrics to analyze in the report. The choice of available metrics will dependon the selected monitored subsystems.

Include/Exclude : defines a list of objects that should be included in/excluded from the report scope:

Use the Include option to define names of virtual infrastructure objects that should beincluded in the report. All objects not specified in the Include field will be excluded from thebaseline used for data analysis.

Use the Exclude option to define names of virtual infrastructure objects that should beexcluded from the report. All objects not specified in the Exclude field will be included in thebaseline used for data analysis.

Note: The Include/Exclude parameters support wildcards. Search is not case sensitive.

To illustrate how to use wildcard queries, consider the following example. You have selected 4 hostsas a report scope: 2 NAS servers ( NASserv1, NASserv2) and 2 Active Directory servers ( AD01 and AD02).

If you want the report to show performance details only for the NAS servers, type nasserv * in theInclude field. Alternatively, type ad * in the Exclude field.

Page 376: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 376/410

376 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

vCloud Director Report Pack This report pack provides information on configuration and performance of the vCloud Directorinfrastructure.

Number of reports : 10

Current version : 1

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : Yes

Reports included :

Catalogs Overview

Multiple Organizations vDC Performance

Multiple vApps Performance

Organization Configuration

Organization vDC Performance

Provider vDC Performance

vApp Configuration

vApp Performance

VM Uptime

VM Performance

Page 377: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 377/410

377 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Catalogs Overview

This report displays an inventory of catalogs created for selected organizations.

For each catalog included in the report, the vApp Template table provides a list of vApp templatesstored in the catalog, shows allocated resources and guest operating system profiles imported intothe templates.

Use Case Outdated catalog data consume valuable cloud resources. Use this report to review contents ofvCloud Director catalogs and to track the amount of space consumed by catalog contents acrossorganizations.

Report Parameters

Scope : defines a list of organizations to analyze in the report.

Page 378: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 378/410

378 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Multiple Organizations vDC Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for selected organizationvirtual datacenters across a time range. The report features a predefined list of performance countersand allows you to report on memory, CPU, disk and network usage.

The report shows performance charts with resource usage statistics for each organization virtual

datacenter included in the report scope, lists top resource consuming vApps and VMs, and calculatesresource usage trends for them.

Page 379: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 379/410

379 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click an organization virtual datacenter name in the Summary table or in the resource usage tableto drill down to performance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for thevirtual datacenter.

Click a vApp name in the list of top resource consuming vApps to drill down to performance chartswith statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the vApp.

Click a VM name in the list of top resource consuming VMs to drill down to performance charts withstatistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case The report helps you identify organization virtual datacenters with performance issues, right-sizeresource provisioning and eliminate potential performance bottlenecks.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of organization virtual datacenters to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Top N: defines the maximum number of vApps and VMs to display in the report output.

Counters : defines a list of performance counters to analyze in the report.Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 380: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 380/410

380 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Multiple vApps Performance

This report collects historical information and shows performance statistics on vApps over a specifictime period. The report features a list of predefined performance counters and allows you to analyzememory, CPU, memory, disk and network usage.

The report shows performance charts with resource usage statistics, rates the VMs by the resource

usage level, and analyzes the resource usage trend.

Page 381: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 381/410

381 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report provides an overview resource consumption of multiple vApps. This information may helpyou identify VMs with performance issues, balance workloads, right-size resource provisioning andoptimize overall performance.

Parameters Scope : defines the organization whose vApps should be analyzed in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Top N: defines the maximum number of VMs to display in the report output.

Counters : defines a list of performance counters to analyze in the report.

Show graphics : defines whether to include charts in the report output.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 382: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 382/410

382 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Organization Configuration

This report documents the current configuration of organizations in your vCloud Directorinfrastructure.

Summary table displays general information on statuses of organizations included in thereport scope, the total number of virtual datacenters to which these organizations have

access, the total number of catalogs created for the organizations and the total number ofvApps in the catalogs.

Virtual Datacenters table provides details on resource utilization for each virtual datacenterand shows the total number of deployed vApps.

vApps table shows vApp properties, such as vApp power status, vApp owner and thenumber of resident VMs.

vApp Policies table displays information on lease policies for compute and storage resourcesapplied to organizations included in the report scope.

Organization Network Pools table shows network pool properties, such as pool type andthe current resource utilization level.

Tip: Click a number in the vApps column of the Virtual Datacenters table to drill down to configurationdetails for the vApp.

Use Case The report helps administrators assess configuration properties of organizations in the monitoredvCloud Director infrastructure.

Page 383: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 383/410

383 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of organizations to analyze in the report.

Page 384: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 384/410

384 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Organization vDC Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected organizationvirtual datacenter across a time range.

The report shows performance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for theorganization virtual datacenter, lists top resource consuming vApps and VMs, and calculates resource

usage trends for them.

Page 385: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 385/410

385 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Tip: Click a vApp name in the list of top resource consuming vApps to drill down to performance chartswith statistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the vApp.

Click a VM name in the list of top resource consuming VMs to drill down to performance charts withstatistics on CPU, memory, disk and network usage for the VM.

Use Case

The report helps you identify organization virtual datacenters with performance issues, right-sizeresource provisioning and eliminate potential performance bottlenecks.

Report Parameters Object : defines the organization virtual datacenter to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Top N: defines the maximum number of vApps and VMs to display in the report output.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 386: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 386/410

386 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Provider vDC Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for selected provider virtualdatacenters across a time range.

The report provides Top N charts that display provider virtual datacenters with the largest amount ofallocated resources and the highest level of CPU, memory and storage utilization.

Current Usage Details section shows general configuration data for the selected providervirtual datacenters.

Performance Charts section displays tables and performance charts with resource usagestatistics for each provider virtual datacenter included in the report scope.

Use Case The report helps you identify provider virtual datacenters with performance issues, balance workloadsand optimize resource allocation.

Report Parameters Objects : defines a list of provider virtual datacenters to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Top N: defines the maximum number of provider virtual datacenters to display in the report output.

Page 387: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 387/410

387 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 388: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 388/410

388 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

vApp Configuration

This report provides an overview of vApp configuration for a selected organization.

The report provides Top 5 charts that display vApps with the highest level of CPU, memory andstorage utilization. The report also includes a chart that shows the number of powered off, poweredon, resolved and suspended vApps, and a chart that shows statuses of VMware Tools installed in VMs

that belong to the organization. The Details table displays detailed information on configuration properties for each vApp created byorganization users.

Use Case This report helps vCloud administrator right-size resource provisioning to prevent resource waste andto eliminate potential performance bottlenecks.

Report Parameters Scope : defines the organization whose vApps should be analyzed in the report.

Page 389: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 389/410

389 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

vApp Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected vApp andresource pools across a time range.

The report shows tables and performance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and networkusage for the vApp. The report also lists top resource consuming VMs and calculates resource usage

trends for them.

Page 390: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 390/410

390 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Use Case The report helps you identify vApps with performance issues and decide whether additional right-sizing or reconfiguration actions are necessary.

Report Parameters Object : defines the vApp to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report.Top N : defines the maximum number of VMs to display in the report output.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 391: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 391/410

391 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VM Performance

This report aggregates historical data and shows performance statistics for a selected VM across a timerange.

The report shows tables and performance charts with statistics on CPU, memory, disk and networkusage for the VM and calculates resource usage trend for it.

Use Case The report allows you to verify that you have provided enough resources to the virtual machine.

Report Parameters Object : defines the VM that belongs to your organization and should be analyzed in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report. Note that thereporting period must include at least one data collection session for the selected VM. Otherwise, thereport will contain no data.

Business hours from - to : defines time of a day for which historical performance data will be used tocalculate the performance trend. All data beyond this interval will be excluded from the baseline usedfor data analysis.

Page 392: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 392/410

392 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VM Uptime

This report analyzes VM uptime statistics to track VM availability.

Top Uptime and Lowest Uptime charts display top 5 VMs in terms of the highest and thelowest uptime values.

Virtual Machine Uptime table provides the full list of VMs whose uptime values are lowerand greater than the specified thresholds.

Use Case Uptime is a measure of time a VM has been up and actively running on a host. When a VM is not

operating, cloud space allocated to it is not being used productively. Use this report to track uptime ofvirtualized workloads.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a list of organizations to analyze in the report.

Interval/Start Date - End Date : defines the time period to analyze in the report.

Uptime, greater than : defines the desired minimum uptime value.

Uptime, lower than : defines the desired maximum uptime value.

Group by : defines how data will be grouped in the report output (by Uptime, vCloud Organization ,vCloud Organization VDC or vCloud vApp).

Page 393: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 393/410

393 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Offline Report PackIn addition to regular reports that open in a browser and can be automatically delivered, Veeam ONEoffers a number of offline reports that can be generated and viewed later with the use of proprietaryVeeam Report Viewer* software.

Offline reports provide details on major health and configuration properties. Advanced topology

maps that are not available with other competing products provide automatically generatedrepresentation of your virtual infrastructure layout in a Visio or Flash file format.

To learn how to install and use Veeam Report Viewer, refer to chapter Viewing Offline Reports .

Number of reports : 2

Current version : 1

Veeam ONE Free edition availability : Partially

Reports included :

Infrastructure Overview (Visio)

Raw Data Analysis

*To view offline reports, Veeam Report Viewer software is required. To download Veeam Report Viewer, select theInfrastructure Overview (Visio) or Raw Data Analysis report in the Offline reports folder and click the Download VeeamReport Viewer link in the Actions pane. After downloading the installer file, follow steps of the installation wizard to installVeeam Report Viewer.

Page 394: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 394/410

394 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Infrastructure Overview (Visio)

This report reveals VMware and Hyper-V inventory configuration specifics and shows advancedtopology with management servers, clusters, hosts, VMs, disks and networks.

To view the report, you must have Microsoft Visio installed.

Infrastructure: VMware ConfigurationBelow is an example of Visio diagram that displays VMware infrastructure configuration.

Page 395: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 395/410

395 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Infrastructure: Hyper-V Configuration

Below is an example of Visio diagram that displays Hyper-V infrastructure configuration.

Use Case The report includes a set of Visio diagrams that show infrastructure configuration properties notavailable with other competing products.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Include VMs : defines whether to include VMs in the report.

Page 396: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 396/410

396 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Raw Data Analysis

This report creates a Microsoft Excel workbook that contains detailed raw data on all infrastructureobjects and all performance metrics collected from VMware systems.

To view the report, you must have Microsoft Excel installed.

Use Case The report allows you to get hardware and software information about your virtual environment thatcan be used for further data analysis and reporting purposes.

Report Parameters Scope : defines a virtual infrastructure level and its sub-components to analyze in the report.

Page 397: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 397/410

397 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

APPENDICES The chapter includes the following appendices:

Appendix A. Scheduling Script Examples

Appendix B. Custom Charts for Report-Based Widgets

Appendix A. Scheduling Script Examples To facilitate the process of dashboards and report creation, you can schedule automatic delivery ofdashboards and reports. As one of the delivery options, Veeam ONE Reporter allows you to writecreated dashboards and reports to a folder on a hard drive or to a network share. To learn aboutscheduling dashboards and reports, see Scheduling Dashboards and Scheduling Reports .

If you need to perform further manipulations with the saved files, you can configure Veeam ONEReporter to you run a custom script after reports and dashboards are saved to the target folder.Veeam ONE Reporter allows you to use .BAT , .CMD , .VBS , .JS , .WSF , .EXE , .VBE , .JSE , .WSH , .PSC1 scripts.

You can pass the following parameters to post-delivery scripts:

Parameter Description

%ReportName% Name of the generated report.

%ReportFolder% Target folder to which created reports are saved (as specified in the Path field).

%JobName% Name of the scheduling job that generates reports.

“-hidden”

Defines whether it is necessary to open created VMR reports with the

Veeam Report Viewer. If the parameter is specified, the reports will not beopened.

This section explains how to use post-delivery scripts and contains simple script examples.

Page 398: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 398/410

398 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Example A. Copying a Report to Network SharesConsider the following scenario: your backup administrators want to obtain a weekly report with thelist of protected VMs in your virtual environment.

To deliver the Protected VMs report to backup administrators on a weekly basis, you should take thefollowing steps:

1. Save the Protected VMs report with the necessary parameters .

2. Create a script that will copy the report to network shares of backup administrators .

3. Set the necessary schedule for the report and specify the post-delivery script .

Step 1. Save a Report

Save the Protected VMs report with the necessary parameters as described in Saving Reports .

Step 2. Create a Script

When you schedule a report delivery to a folder or a network share, Veeam ONE Reporter saves thegenerated report to a target location by the following path:

<TargetDirectory>\reporting-task-for-ssrs-report-<ReportName><ID>\

The sample script must perform the following operations after the report is created:

1. Access the target report location:

C:\reports\reporting-task-for-ssrs-report-<ReportName><ID>\

2. Copy the report from the target location to network shares:

\\andy\shared\backups\reports\

\\brian\shared\backups\reports\

\\chris\shared\backups\reports\

3. Remove the report from the target location and delete the target directory.

An example of the script is provided below:

::Changing directory to the target report location cd reporting-task-for-ssrs-report* set RD=%cd%

::Copying the report from the target location to admins’ shares xcopy Protected*.* \\andy\shared\backups\reports\*.* /y xcopy Protected*.* \\brian\shared\backups\reports\*.* /y xcopy Protected*.* \\chris\shared\backups\reports\*.* /y

::Removing the target report location cd ..\ rd %RD% /s/q

Save the script as a Windows batch file on the machine where Veeam ONE is installed.

To follow this example, save the script with the postdelivery.bat name to the C:\reports\directory.

Step 3. Configure Scheduling Settings

Before scheduling report delivery, make sure that:

The account under which the Veeam ONE Reporter Server service runs has appropriate writepermissions on the destination network shares.

Collection session that gathers data from virtual servers, vCloud Director, and Veeam Backup& Replication servers completes before the scheduled report generation time.

Page 399: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 399/410

399 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Configure scheduling settings for the saved report as follows:

1. In Veeam ONE Reporter, open the Workspace section.

2. Click the saved report in the list to open its properties.

3. ClickScheduling in the Actions pane on the right.

4. In the Scheduling Report Administration window, click Add to create a new schedule.

5. In the Scheduling window, configure automatic delivery settings as follows:

a. Click the Schedule on link and create a schedule according to which the reportshould be generated. To follow this example, schedule the report to run on aweekly basis.

b. Click the Recipient link.c. In the Select Recipient window, click Advanced .

d. In the Advanced window, specify advanced scheduling options. In the Path field,enter the path to the folder where the generated report will be stored. In the FileName field, specify the location of the script file. To follow this example, enter C:\reports in the Path field and enterC:\reports\postdelivery.bat in the File Name field.

Page 400: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 400/410

400 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

6. Save the scheduling settings.

The report will be generated and copied in accordance with the specified schedule.

At the specified schedule time, Veeam ONE Reporter will automatically generate the report. After thereport is created, Veeam ONE Reporter will trigger the script that will copy the report to networkshares.

Page 401: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 401/410

401 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Example B. Sorting Reports by NameConsider the following scenario: you want to schedule a weekly delivery for a set of reports. After thereports are created, you want to save each report to a separate folder with the report name.

To sort reports into folders by report name, you can take the following steps:

1. Create a folder that will group a set of necessary reports .

2. Save reports with the necessary parameters into the folder .

3. Create a script that will sort the generated reports .

4. Set the necessary schedule for the folder and specify the post-delivery script .

Step 1. Create a Folder

Create a report folder as described in section Creating Folders . The folder will be used to group a set ofreports that you want to create on a scheduled basis.

Step 2. Save Reports

Save reports with the necessary parameters as described in section Saving Reports .

Step 3. Create a Script

When you schedule a report delivery for set of reports in a folder, Veeam ONE Reporter saves thereports to a target location by the following path:

<TargetDirectory>\reporting-task-for-folder-<FolderName><ID>\

The sample script must perform the following operations:

1. Access the target report location:

C:\reports\reporting-task-for-folder-<FolderName><ID>\

2. For every generated report, retrieve the report name and copy the report to a folder with thereport name:

C:\share\myreports\%ReportName%\

To create a folder with the report name, the script will use the %ReportName% parameter.

3. Remove the reports from the target location and delete the target directory.

An example of the script is provided below:

::Changing directory to the target report location cd reporting-task-for-folder* set RD=%cd%

::Removing extension and date from the report file name set ReportName=%~n1 set Extension=%~x1 set FolderName=%ReportName:~0,-11%

::Copying the report to a folder with the report name echo f | xcopy %1 "c:\share\myreports\%FolderName%\%ReportName%%Extension%"/y

::Removing the target report location cd ..\ rd %RD% /s/q

Save the script as a Windows batch file on the machine where Veeam ONE is installed.

To follow this example, save the script with the postdelivery.bat name to the C:\reports\ directory.

Page 402: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 402/410

Page 403: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 403/410

403 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

6. Save the scheduling settings.

At the specified schedule time, Veeam ONE Reporter will automatically generate the reports. When areport is created, Veeam ONE Reporter will trigger the script that will copy the report to a separatefolder.

Page 404: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 404/410

404 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Appendix B. Custom Charts for Report-BasedWidgetsVeeam ONE Reporter allows you to create custom charts based on the Custom Infrastructure reportand add these charts on dashboard widgets. You can present virtual infrastructure data with charts of

the following types: Exploded Pie Charts

Clustered Column Charts

Stacked Columns Chart

Depending on the type of chart you want to create, data sets to be selected and their presentation inthe chart may vary. This section provides basic information on presenting data on charts and includesa number of examples that will help you to understand principles of working with custom chart.

Page 405: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 405/410

405 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Presentation of Data in Charts To create a custom chart using dashboard widgets, you should select data that you want to present inthe chart. As well as in standard charts, charts in Veeam ONE Reporter display series fields, categoryfields and data fields.

Series fields represent values plotted in the chart. A series field is a set of related data that is

distinguished by a unique color and presented in the chart legend. Category fields represent a criterion that will be used to group series fields. A category field

is usually presented as a group of series fields on the horizontal axis.

Data fields represent the type of values that should be aggregated into a single slice, bar or acolumn in the chart. Refer to the Aggregate Functions for Charts section to learn what typesof aggregate functions can be used for data fields on charts.

Every chart type requires a specific set of data — for example, exploded pies are two-dimension chartsso you need to select only the series fields and data fields, while for clustered column charts, you needto select series fields, category fields and data fields.

Page 406: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 406/410

406 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Aggregate Functions in ChartsWidget charts allow you to select one of the following aggregate functions for presenting report data:

Function Description

Avg Returns the average of values in the selected data fields.

Count Returns the number of records in the selected data fields. Records with no values(empty records) are not taken into account.

CountDistinct Returns the number of distinct values in the selected data fields.

Max Returns the maximum value from the selected data fields.

Min Returns the minimum value from the selected data fields.

Sum Returns the sum of values in the selected data fields.

Page 407: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 407/410

407 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Exploded Pie ChartsExploded pie charts allow you to show the size of values proportional to the sum of all values. Seriesfields in exploded pie charts are shown as unique values presented in the chart legend. Data fields areshown as slices that represent aggregate values (that is, a percentage of the whole pie). Categoryfields are not used for pie charts.

Example Create a chart displaying the number of different OS’es installed on VMs.

The chart will visualize data from a simple report created on the basis of the Custom Infrastructure report template with the following report settings:

Object type : Virtual Machine

Report columns : Name, Guest OS

To create an exploded pie chart:

1. In Veeam ONE Reporter, open the Dashboards section.

2. Choose to edit the necessary dashboard and launch the Add widget wizard.

3. In the Caption field, specify the widget name.

4. At the Widget pack step, select the Report based widgets option.

5. At the Widget step, choose the saved Custom Infrastructure report.

6. At the Widget type step, select Custom chart .

7. At the Chart type step, select ExplodedPie.

8. At the Add widget step specify the following settings:

Select Guest OS as the Series fields value.

Select Name as the Data fields value. From the Aggregate function list, selectCount .

9. Finish working with the wizard.

Page 408: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 408/410

408 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

VMware Clustered Column ChartsClustered column charts allow you to compare values across one or more categories.

Series fields in clustered column charts are shown as unique values presented in the chart legend.Data fields are organized along the vertical axis and shown as columns. Category fields are organizedalong the horizontal axis and shown as groups of columns.

ExampleCreate a chart that displays connectivity state of VMs on ESX(i) hosts – that is, the number ofconnected, disconnected, invalid and orphaned VMs on every host.

The chart will visualize data from a simple report created on the basis of the Custom Infrastructure report template with the following report settings:

Object type : Virtual Machine

Report columns : Name, Host system, Connection state.

To create a clustered column chart:

1. In Veeam ONE Reporter, open the Dashboards section.

2. Choose to edit the necessary dashboard and launch the Add widget wizard.

3. In the Caption field, specify the widget name.

4. At the Widget packs step, select the Report based widgets option.

5. At the Widget info step, choose the saved Custom Infrastructure report.

6. At the Widget type step, select Custom chart.

7. At the Chart type step, select ClusteredColumn .

8. At the Add widget step specify the following settings:

Select Host System as the Series fields value.

Select Host system as the Category fields value.

Select Name as the Data fields value. From the Aggregate function list, selectCount .

9. Finish working with the wizard.

Page 409: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 409/410

409 | Veeam ONE Reporter | User Guide | REV 5

Hyper-V Clustered Column ChartsClustered column charts allow you to compare values across one or more categories.

Series fields in clustered column charts are shown as unique values presented in the chart legend.Data fields are organized along the vertical axis and shown as columns. Category fields are organizedalong the horizontal axis and shown as groups of columns.

Example Create a chart that displays the number of different OSs installed on VMs; report data are shown forevery Microsoft Hyper-V host.

The chart will visualize data from a simple report created on the basis of the Custom Infrastructure report template with the following report settings:

Object type : Hyper-V Disk Partition

Report columns : Name, Capacity.

To create a clustered column chart:

1. In Veeam ONE Reporter, open the Dashboards section.

2. Choose to edit the necessary dashboard and launch the Add widget wizard.

3. In the Caption field, specify the widget name.

4. At the Widget packs step, select the Report based widgets option.

5. At the Widget info step, choose the saved Custom Infrastructure report.

6. At the Widget type step, select Custom chart.

7. At the Chart type step, select ClusteredColumn .

8. At the Add widget step specify the following settings:

Select Guest OS as the Series fields value.

Select Host system as the Category fields value.

Select Name as the Data fields value. From the Aggregate function list, selectCount .

9. Finish working with the wizard.

Page 410: Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

8/16/2019 Veeam One 9 0 Reporter Guide En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/veeam-one-9-0-reporter-guide-en 410/410

VMware Stacked Columns ChartStacked column charts allow you to present several data series and emphasize their contribution tothe whole.

Stacked column charts show relation of series fields to the whole. In stacked columns, series fields areshown as unique values presented in the chart legend. Category fields are organized across the

horizontal axis and presented as columns. Data fields are organized across the vertical axis and shownas stacked rectangles

.

ExampleCreate a chart that displays the number of powered on, powered off and suspended VMs for everydepartment in a company.

The chart will visualize data from a simple report created on the basis of the Custom Infrastructure report template with the following report settings:

Object type : Virtual Machine

Report columns : Snapshot: File size, Snapshot: Create Time,.Snapshot: Name.

To create a stacked columns chart:

1. In Veeam ONE Reporter, open the Dashboards section.

2. Choose to edit the necessary dashboard and launch the Add widget wizard.

3. In the Caption field, specify the widget name.

4. At the Widget packs step, select the Report based widgets option.5 At th Wid t I f t h th d C t I f t t t